WO2023185567A1 - 发现应用服务器的方法和装置 - Google Patents

发现应用服务器的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023185567A1
WO2023185567A1 PCT/CN2023/082997 CN2023082997W WO2023185567A1 WO 2023185567 A1 WO2023185567 A1 WO 2023185567A1 CN 2023082997 W CN2023082997 W CN 2023082997W WO 2023185567 A1 WO2023185567 A1 WO 2023185567A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
server
ees
terminal device
eas
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/082997
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
胡雅婕
陈泽昊
杨艳梅
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023185567A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023185567A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01—Protocols
    • H04L67/10—Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/50—Network services
    • H04L67/60—Scheduling or organising the servicing of application requests, e.g. requests for application data transmissions using the analysis and optimisation of the required network resources
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/0226—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control based on location or mobility

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for discovering an application server.
  • EAS edge application servers
  • SA standalone
  • EAS edge application servers
  • application clients running on different terminal devices may have similar or identical application service level requirements (such as the same delay requirements, etc.) when obtaining the same application service, so that multiple application clients can The application service experience is consistent.
  • How to implement the EAS discovery process so that multiple terminal devices can obtain similar application service experiences when obtaining the same application service is an issue that needs to be solved urgently.
  • This application provides a method and device for discovering application servers.
  • the method can be used to determine the same edge application server for multiple terminal devices, which is beneficial to application clients on multiple terminal devices to obtain the same application service experience.
  • a method for discovering an application server including: the configuration server receives a first request message, the first request message is used to request the discovery of an enabling server, and the enabling server is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices. ; The configuration server determines the enabling server according to the information of the terminal device group, and the terminal device group includes multiple terminal devices; the configuration server sends a first response message, and the first response message includes the information of the enabling server.
  • the enabling server included in the first response message here refers to an enabling server that provides services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first response message may also include other enabling servers.
  • the terminal device needs to select one from the multiple enabling servers to provide services for the terminal device.
  • an enabling server selected by the terminal device is the enabling server used to provide services for the plurality of terminal devices.
  • the configuration server determines the enabling server according to the information of the terminal device group, including: the configuration server determines that the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group according to the information of the terminal device group; the configuration server determines that the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group according to the information of the terminal device group; The information of the device group determines the enabling server of the terminal device group; the configuration server determines that the enabling server that provides services for the terminal device group is the enabling server determined by the first terminal device.
  • the configuration server will save the information of the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server is configured through a terminal composed of multiple terminal devices.
  • Information about the terminal device group is used to determine the enabling server that provides services for the terminal device group.
  • the method of discovering application servers provided by this technical solution is conducive to configuring the server to determine the same enabling server for multiple terminal devices. Since the number of application servers registered on the same enabling server is certain, discovering application servers by the same enabling server can increase the probability of determining the same application server for multiple terminal devices, which is what this application provides. The method of discovering application servers is also helpful in determining the same application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the group information is sent to the configuration server through a first request message.
  • the group information is obtained by the configuration server through core network elements or other methods.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices, and the group identifier Used to identify terminal device groups;
  • the configuration server may first determine whether the first terminal device is included in the terminal device list based on the terminal device list and the device identification of the first terminal device. If it is determined that the first terminal device is included in the terminal device list, the configuration server can obtain the first terminal device's requirement to select the same enabling server as other terminal devices in the terminal device group, and then execute the enabling server Discovery or other determinations enable server operations. If it is determined that the first terminal device is not included in the terminal device list, the configuration server performs a conventional enabling server discovery process for the first terminal device.
  • the configuration server cannot confirm the identity of the terminal device without obtaining the information of the terminal device group.
  • Configuration The server can perform a regular enabled server discovery process and discover one or more enabled servers.
  • the enabled server determined by the above configuration server is the one or more enabled servers.
  • the first response message Included is the one or more enabling servers.
  • the first terminal device can select an enabling server from the one or more enabling servers to provide services for the first terminal device, and use the enabling server's
  • the information is sent to the configuration server.
  • the configuration server receives and saves the information of the enabling server selected by the first terminal device, and then when the information of the terminal device group is subsequently obtained, the saved enabling server information is sent to the server belonging to the same group as the first terminal device. Other terminal devices in the same terminal device group.
  • the method of discovering an application server provided by this technical solution first confirms the identity of the first terminal device before executing the enabling server discovery process for the first terminal device, which is beneficial to improve the configuration server's determination of the same enabling server for multiple terminals.
  • the efficiency of the server is also beneficial to improving the efficiency of determining the same application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server may obtain the group identifier of the terminal device group included in the first request message.
  • the group identifier is directly used to confirm whether the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group, thereby determining whether the first terminal device has the need to select the same enabling server as other terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server confirms the first terminal device according to the group identification, it is also beneficial to the processing efficiency of the first request message by the configuration server, which is beneficial to further improving the configuration server's determination of a same enabling server for multiple terminal devices. The efficiency, too, is also conducive to further improving the efficiency of determining an identical application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the information of the terminal device group also includes location information and/or a service identifier.
  • the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the service identifier is used to identify Multiple terminal devices need to obtain services.
  • the configuration server may determine the same enabling server based on the geographical locations of different terminal devices when determining the same enabling server for the multiple terminal devices. If the distance between the enabling server and the multiple terminal devices it serves is close, then the latency of the enabling server providing services to the multiple terminal devices can be considered to be similar. Compared with the situation where the geographical locations of multiple terminal devices are not considered, it is advantageous to determine an enabling server with a similar communication delay to different terminal devices.
  • the method for discovering application servers provided by this technical solution is helpful for the configuration server to determine a more appropriate enabling server for multiple terminal devices. Since the application server registered on the enabling server is certain, the method for discovering application servers provided by this application is also conducive to determining a more appropriate application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server can confirm the identity of the first terminal device and at the same time confirm the service that the terminal device needs to obtain. Since different application servers can provide different types of application services, determining the same enabling server in combination with the services that terminal devices need to obtain will help the configuration server determine a more appropriate enabling server for multiple terminal devices. It is also helpful to determine a more suitable application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first request message includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the first response message includes information about multiple enabling servers, and the multiple enabling servers include enabling servers; and the configuration server receives the information about enabling servers.
  • the first request message includes first discovery information and/or second discovery information, the first discovery information being used to indicate discovery of the enabling server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the second discovery information is used to describe the service range required by multiple terminal devices, and the configuration server determines the enabling server based on the first discovery information and/or the second discovery information.
  • the first discovery information may be an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the enabling server that needs to be discovered is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first discovery information may also be an implicit indication, for example, the first discovery information If the configuration server is a list of terminal devices, after receiving the first request message, the configuration server may also identify the enabled server that is requested to be discovered and used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server may also determine the enabling server according to the following method.
  • the configuration server can receive the first request message sent by all terminal devices in the terminal device group, then the configuration server can perform the configuration based on the information of all terminal devices in the group (such as the location information of the terminal device). Make sure to enable the server.
  • the configuration server can determine an enabling server based on the information of the terminal device that has sent the first request message. , and associate the information of the enabling server with the terminal device list and/or group identification. When the same terminal device list or the terminal device with the same group identification subsequently requests to discover the enabling server, the configuration server can The saved enabling server information is sent to subsequent terminal devices.
  • the first request message sent by the terminal device to the configuration server contains indication information.
  • the configuration server can confirm the need to determine an identical enabling server for multiple terminal devices based on the first discovery information.
  • an enabling server that meets the service range requirements of multiple terminal devices can be determined according to the second discovery information.
  • the implementation of this technical solution is conducive to improving the efficiency of the configuration server in determining an identical enabling server for multiple terminal devices, is conducive to the configuration server determining a more appropriate enabling server for multiple terminal devices, and is conducive to improving the efficiency of multiple terminal devices. service experience.
  • the first response message further includes first reporting indication information, where the first reporting indication information is used to instruct sending server-enabling information to the configuration server.
  • the first terminal device When the first response message includes multiple enabling servers, the first terminal device needs to select one enabling server from the multiple enabling servers to provide services for the first terminal device.
  • the first response message includes indication information indicating the reporting of the enabling server selected by the terminal device, which enables the configuration server to obtain the enabling server determined for the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server may directly send the enabling server information reported by the first terminal device to the other terminal devices.
  • the selection by the first terminal device is directly sent to the configuration server, which is beneficial to improving the accuracy of the configuration server in obtaining the enabling server information, and also has It is beneficial for the configuration server to determine the efficiency of the same enabling server for multiple terminal devices. Therefore, it is also helpful to improve the efficiency of determining the same application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first response message further includes second reporting instruction information, the second reporting instruction information is used to instruct to send the information of the application server to the enabling server, and the application server Used to provide application services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device When the first response message includes an instruction to report the information of the application server selected by the terminal device to the enabling server, the terminal device will send the information of the application server to the enabling server after selecting the application server from multiple application servers. . After obtaining the information of the application server, the enabling server can directly send the information of the application server to other terminal devices in the terminal device group, without sending a request message to the terminal device to obtain the application server.
  • the second reporting indication information is included in the second response message by the configuration server and is used to instruct the terminal device to select the application server, the implementation of the technical solution is conducive to reducing communication between the enabling server and the terminal device. Order consumption.
  • first reporting instruction information and the second reporting instruction information may be two different information elements, or they may be the same information element.
  • the values of the information element "reporting indication” may be: 00, 01, 10, and 11.
  • the value when the value is 00, it means that the reporting indication information is empty, that is, it does not contain any reporting instructions; when the value is 01, it means that the selected enabling server needs to be sent to the configuration server (that is, the meaning of the first reporting indication information); When the value is 10, it means that the selected application server needs to be sent to the enabling server (that is, the meaning of the second reporting instruction information); when the value is 11, it means that the selected enabling server needs to be sent to both the configuration server and the enabling server. Send the selected application server (including the meaning of the first reporting instruction and the second reporting instruction).
  • the first response message also includes third reporting indication information.
  • the third reporting indication information is used to instruct sending the server-enabled information to the configuration server.
  • the third reporting indication information is also used to Indicates sending application server information to the enabled server.
  • the configuration server sends the selection to the enabling server Instruction information
  • the selection instruction information is used to instruct the enabling server to select the same application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server directly instructs the enabling server to select the same application server for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the enabling server may use the content contained in the indication information as a basis for determining the verification of the application server for the terminal equipment in the terminal equipment group.
  • it is beneficial to reduce the signaling consumption of communication between the enabling server and the terminal device, and is beneficial to improving the ability of the enabling server to determine the same application server for multiple terminal devices. efficiency.
  • a method for discovering an application server including: enabling the server to receive a second request message, the second request message being used to request discovery of an application server, and the application server being used to provide application services for multiple terminal devices. ; The enabling server determines the application server according to the information of the terminal device group, and the terminal device group includes multiple terminal devices; the enabling server sends a second response message, and the second response message includes the information of the application server.
  • the application server included in the second response message here refers to an application server that provides application services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the second response message may also include other application servers.
  • the terminal device needs to select one from the multiple application servers to provide application services for the terminal device.
  • an application server selected by the terminal device is the application server used to provide application services for the multiple terminal devices.
  • the enabling server determines the application server according to the information of the terminal device group, including: the enabling server determines that the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group according to the information of the terminal device group; the enabling server The application server that provides application services for the terminal device group is determined according to the information of the terminal device group; the enabling server determines that the application server that provides application services for the terminal device group is an application server that provides application services for the first terminal device.
  • the enabling server will save the information of the terminal device group.
  • the enabling server determines the application server that provides application services for the terminal device group through information about a terminal device group composed of multiple terminal devices. Compared with the method of determining an application server by only considering the information of one terminal device, this technical solution is beneficial to enable the server to determine an identical application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices
  • the group The identifier is used to identify the terminal device group.
  • the enabling server may first determine whether the first terminal device is included in the terminal device list based on the terminal device list and the device identification of the first terminal device. If it is determined that the first terminal device is included in the terminal device list, the enabling server can obtain the requirement that the first terminal device needs to select the same application server as other terminal devices in the terminal device group, and then execute the application server Discovery or other operations to identify application servers. If it is determined that the first terminal device is not included in the terminal device list, the server is enabled to perform a conventional application server discovery operation.
  • the enabling server cannot confirm the identity of the terminal device without obtaining the information of the terminal device group, so that The capable server can perform the normal application server discovery process and discover one or more application servers, in which case
  • the application server determined by the enabling server is the one or more application servers, and the one or more application servers included in the second response message are also the one or more application servers.
  • the first terminal device can obtain the information from the one or more application servers. Select an application server to provide application services for the first terminal device, and send information about the application server to the enabling server.
  • the server is enabled to receive and save the information of the application server selected by the first terminal device, and then when the information of the terminal device group is subsequently obtained, the saved application server information is sent to the same server as the first terminal device.
  • Other terminal devices in the terminal device group are examples of the terminal device.
  • the method of discovering an application server provided by this technical solution first confirms the identity of the first terminal device before executing the application server discovery process for the first terminal device, which is conducive to improving the ability of the server to determine an identical application for multiple terminal devices. Server efficiency.
  • the enabling server receives the second request message, if the enabling server obtains the information contained in the second request message, If the group identifier of the terminal device group is the group identifier, the group identifier can be directly used to confirm whether the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group, thereby determining whether the first terminal device has the same selection as other terminal devices in the terminal device group. application server requirements.
  • the enabling server confirms the first terminal device according to the group identification, it is also beneficial to the processing efficiency of the second request message by the enabling server, which is beneficial to further improving the enabling server to determine the same application for multiple terminal devices. Server efficiency.
  • the information of the terminal device group also includes location information and/or a service identifier.
  • the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the service identifier is used to Identify the services that multiple terminal devices need to obtain.
  • the enabling server may determine the same application server based on the geographical locations of different terminal devices when determining the same application server for multiple terminal devices. Compared with the situation where the geographical locations of multiple terminal devices are not considered, it is helpful to determine an application server with similar communication delays with different terminal devices.
  • the method for discovering application servers provided by this technical solution is beneficial to enabling the server to determine a more appropriate application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the enabling server can confirm the identity of the first terminal device and at the same time confirm the service that the terminal device needs to obtain. Since different application servers can provide different types of application services, the determination of the same application server is based on the services that the terminal device needs to obtain, which is conducive to enabling the server to determine a more appropriate application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the second request message includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the second response message includes information of multiple application servers, and the multiple application servers include an application server; and the enabling server receives the information of the application server.
  • the second request message includes third discovery information and/or fourth discovery information
  • the third discovery information is used to indicate discovery of application servers for multiple terminal devices
  • the fourth discovery information is used to describe the application service scope required by multiple terminal devices
  • the enabling server determines the application server based on the third discovery information and/or the fourth discovery information.
  • the third discovery information may be an explicit indication, that is, directly instructing the application server that needs to be discovered to serve multiple terminals.
  • the terminal device provides services, and the third discovery information can also be an implicit indication.
  • the third discovery information is a list of terminal devices, and the enabling server can also identify the application server requested to be discovered after receiving the second request message. Provide application services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the enabling server may also determine the application server according to the following manner.
  • the enabling server can receive the second request message sent by all terminal devices in the terminal device group, the enabling server can receive the second request message based on the information of all terminal devices in the group (such as the location information of the terminal device). ) to determine the application server.
  • the enabling server can determine an application based on the information of the terminal device that has sent the second request message. server, and associate the information of the application server with the terminal device list and/or group identification.
  • the enabling server can The saved application server information is sent to subsequent terminal devices.
  • the second request message may include discovery information of the terminal device.
  • the enabling server After the enabling server receives the indication information, it may confirm the need to determine a same application server for multiple terminal devices based on the third indication information.
  • the four indication information can determine an application server for multiple terminal devices that can meet the application service needs of multiple terminal devices.
  • the implementation of this technical solution is conducive to improving the efficiency of the enabling server to determine an identical application server for multiple terminal devices, and is conducive to the enabling server to determine a more appropriate application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the second response message further includes second reporting instruction information, and the second reporting instruction information is used to instruct sending the application server information to the enabling server.
  • the terminal device When the second response message includes an instruction instructing the terminal device to report the information of the selected application server, the terminal device will send the information of the application server to the enabling server after selecting the application server from multiple application servers. After obtaining the information of the application server, the enabling server can directly send the information of the application server to other terminal devices in the terminal device group, without sending a request message to the terminal device to obtain the application server. Therefore, the implementation of this technical solution is conducive to improving the efficiency of enabling the server to determine an identical application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • a method for discovering an application server including: the configuration server receives a third request message, the third request message is used to request the discovery of a target enabling server, and the target enabling server is used to configure the application server after migration of the application context.
  • Multiple terminal devices provide services; the configuration server determines whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices according to the information of the terminal device group; the configuration server sends a third response message, the third response message is used to indicate whether it is a terminal device Multiple end devices in the group perform application context migration.
  • the third request message here is specifically used to request to discover the target enabling server for a certain terminal device in the terminal device group or for all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server determines whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices based on the information of the terminal device group, including: the configuration server determines that the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group based on the information of the terminal device group. group; the configuration server determines whether to perform application context migration based on the status of the terminal device in the terminal device group obtaining application services; determines the enabling server that provides services for the terminal device group based on the information of the terminal device group; determines the terminal device group The enabling server providing the service is the target enabling server.
  • the third request message also includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the third response message includes information about the target enabling server.
  • the third response message indicates that the request to discover the target enabling server is successful.
  • the third response message includes indication information indicating that the request to discover the target enabling server failed.
  • the third response message may include information about the enabling server currently serving the terminal device.
  • the third request message includes first discovery information and/or second discovery information
  • the first discovery information is used to indicate discovery of the enabling server for multiple terminal devices
  • the second discovery information is
  • the configuration server determines the enabling server according to the first discovery information and/or the second discovery information.
  • the first discovery information may be an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the enabling server that needs to be discovered is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first discovery information may also be an implicit indication, for example, the first discovery information If the configuration server is a list of terminal devices, after receiving the first request message, the configuration server may also identify the enabled server that is requested to be discovered and used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server determines that application context migration needs to be performed for one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the third request message received by the configuration server includes the device identification of the first terminal device and the location information of the current location of the first terminal device.
  • the configuration server sends a third response message according to the content of the third request message to determine whether application context migration needs to be performed for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the technical solution provided by this application is beneficial to the configuration server, when it determines that a terminal device is a terminal device in the terminal device group and performs context migration. Multiple terminal devices determine the same enabling server.
  • the configuration server determines whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group through information of a terminal device group composed of multiple terminal devices. Compared with only considering the information of one terminal device to determine whether to perform application context migration, this technical solution helps the configuration server determine an identical user for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group during the application context migration process. capable server.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices
  • the group The identifier is used to identify the end device group.
  • the configuration server may first determine whether the first terminal device is included in the terminal device list based on the terminal device list and the device identification of the first terminal device. If it is determined that the first terminal device is included in the terminal device list, the configuration server can obtain the requirement that the first terminal device needs to select the same enabling server as other terminal devices in the terminal device group, and then configure the server for the terminal device group. Multiple end devices in the group perform application context migration. If it is determined that the first terminal device is not included in the terminal device list, the configuration server performs a conventional enabling server discovery operation.
  • the method of discovering application servers provided by this technical solution first confirms the identity of the first terminal device before executing application context migration for multiple terminal devices, which is beneficial to improving the accuracy of executing application context migration for multiple terminal devices and reducing Minimize the impact on application services of other terminal devices caused by the migration of application context of one terminal device.
  • the configuration server obtains the terminal device group included in the third situation message.
  • group group identification the group identification can be directly used to confirm whether the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group, thereby determining whether the first terminal device has the ability to select the same enabling server as other terminal devices in the terminal device group. need.
  • the configuration server confirms the first terminal device according to the group identifier, it is also beneficial to the processing efficiency of the third request message by the configuration server.
  • the information of the terminal device group also includes location information, and the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server can determine the location information of the different terminal devices by combining the location information of the current location of the first terminal device and the location information of other terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the new service status after enabling the server helps the configuration server determine a more appropriate enabling server for multiple terminal devices, and helps reduce the context migration events of terminal devices to obtain services for other terminal devices in the terminal device group. adverse effects.
  • the third response message in the case where the configuration server determines to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices, includes information of the target enabling server; the third response message It also includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices.
  • the group identifier is used to represent a terminal device group including multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server When it is determined to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices, the configuration server directly sends the information of the enabled server after application context migration to the terminal device, and the terminal device can directly request the target enabled server to obtain the target after application context migration. application server.
  • the third response message includes a terminal device list.
  • the terminal device can determine that the target enabling server provides services for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group, thereby determining that the configuration server is the terminal device. Multiple end devices in the group performed context migration.
  • the implementation of this technical solution is helpful for the terminal device to determine whether the application context migration request is successful based on the content of the third response message, and is helpful for the terminal device to determine whether the obtained enabling server is the one selected for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group. capable server.
  • the third response message further includes a group identifier and/or location information, the group identifier is used to represent a terminal device group, and the location information is location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • a fourth aspect provides a method for discovering an application server, including: enabling the server to receive a fourth request message, the fourth request message including a terminal device list and/or a group identifier, and the terminal device list including multiple terminal devices.
  • the device identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the fourth request message is used to perform application context migration for the multiple terminal devices; the enabling server performs application context migration for the multiple terminal devices.
  • Application context migration including: enabling the server to receive a fourth request message, the fourth request message including a terminal device list and/or a group identifier, and the terminal device list including multiple terminal devices.
  • the device identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the fourth request message is used to perform application context migration for the multiple terminal devices; the enabling server performs application context migration for the multiple terminal devices.
  • Application context migration is used to perform application context migration for the multiple terminal devices.
  • the fourth request message includes third discovery information and/or fourth discovery information
  • the third discovery information is used to indicate discovery of application servers for multiple terminal devices
  • the fourth discovery information is used to illustrate For the application service range required by multiple terminal devices, the enabling server determines the application server based on the third discovery information and/or the fourth discovery information.
  • the third discovery information may be an explicit indication, that is, directly instructing the application server that needs to be discovered to serve multiple terminals.
  • the terminal device provides services, and the third discovery information can also be an implicit indication.
  • the third discovery information is a list of terminal devices, and the enabling server can also identify the application server requested to be discovered after receiving the second request message. Provide application services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the enabling server determines that application context migration needs to be performed for one or more terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the fourth request message includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • the enabling server can determine that the same application needs to be selected for multiple terminal devices based on the terminal device list and/or group identifier. server, thereby helping to improve the efficiency of enabling the server to process application server discovery requests.
  • the enabling server sends a first notification message to the application server, the first notification message includes a terminal device list, and the first notification message is used to notify the application server of Multiple end devices perform application context migration.
  • the first notification message is also used to notify the application server to first perform application context migration for the first terminal device.
  • the enabling server sends the requirement to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices to the application server.
  • the application server can determine the information of the terminal device that needs to perform application context migration, so that the application The server can determine the timing to perform application context migration based on the status of the terminal device application service.
  • the implementation of this technical solution is beneficial to reducing the impact of application context migration on terminal device application services. By enabling the cooperation of the server and the application server, the efficiency of the network performing context migration for multiple terminal devices can also be improved.
  • the enabling server sends a second notification message to multiple terminal devices, where the second notification message includes information of the target enabling server and/or information of the target application server.
  • the target enabling server is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices after application context migration
  • the target application server is used to provide application services for multiple terminal devices after application context migration.
  • At least one second terminal device can directly obtain the information of the enabled server and the information of the application server after application context migration by receiving the second notification message, without re-requesting the configuration server to perform application context migration, which is beneficial to Improving the efficiency of performing application context migration for multiple terminal devices is beneficial to reducing the consumption of communication signaling between the terminal device and the data network during the application context migration process.
  • a method for discovering an application server including: a first terminal device sending a first request message, the first request message being used to request the discovery of an enabled server; the first terminal device receiving a first response message, the The first response message includes information to enable the server.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes one or more of the following information:
  • a group identifier the number of terminal devices, location information or a service identifier.
  • the group identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the multiple terminal devices include a first terminal device.
  • the number of terminal devices is The number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices, and the service identifier is used to identify services that multiple terminal devices need to obtain.
  • the first request message includes the information.
  • the first request information includes first discovery information and/or second discovery information
  • the first discovery information is used to indicate enabling discovery for multiple terminal devices.
  • the server the second discovery information is used to describe the service scope required by multiple terminal devices, and the configuration server determines the enabling server based on the first discovery information and/or the second discovery information.
  • the first response message includes information of multiple enabling servers
  • the multiple enabling servers include enabling servers
  • the first terminal device obtains information from the multiple enabling servers. Select an enabling server to provide services for the first terminal device, and send information about the enabling server to the configuration server.
  • the first response message further includes first reporting indication information, the first reporting indication information is used to instruct sending server-enabling information to the configuration server; the first terminal The device sends the server enabling information to the configuration server according to the first reporting instruction information.
  • the first response message further includes the first response message and second reporting indication information
  • the second reporting indication information is used to instruct the application server to send the application server to the enabling server.
  • the application server is used to provide application services for multiple terminal devices; the first terminal device sends the information of the application server to the enabling server according to the second reporting instruction information.
  • a sixth aspect provides a method for discovering an application server, including: a first terminal device sending a second request message, the second request message being used to request discovery of an application server, and the application server being used to provide application services for multiple terminal devices. ; The first terminal device receives a second response message, and the second response message includes the information of the application server.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes one or more of the following information:
  • a group identifier the number of terminal devices, location information or a service identifier.
  • the group identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the multiple terminal devices include a first terminal device.
  • the number of terminal devices is The number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices, and the service identifier is used to identify services that multiple terminal devices need to obtain.
  • the second request message includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the second request information includes third discovery information and/or fourth discovery information
  • the third discovery information is used to indicate discovery of application servers for multiple terminal devices.
  • the fourth discovery information is used to describe the application service scope required by multiple terminal devices, and the enabling server determines the application server based on the third discovery information and/or the fourth discovery information.
  • the second response message includes information of multiple application servers
  • the first terminal device selects an application server from the multiple application servers to provide the application for the first terminal device. , and sends the application server information to the enabling server.
  • the second response message further includes second reporting instruction information, the second reporting instruction is used to instruct sending the application server information to the enabling server, the first The terminal device sends the application server information to the enabling server according to the second reporting instruction.
  • a seventh aspect provides a method for discovering an application server, including: a first entity sending a third request message, the third request message being used to request discovery of a target enabling server, and the target enabling server being used after application context migration.
  • the third request message here is specifically used to request to discover the target enabling server for a certain terminal device in the terminal device group or for all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes one or more of the following information:
  • a group identifier the number of terminal devices, location information or a service identifier.
  • the group identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the multiple terminal devices include a first terminal device.
  • the number of terminal devices is The number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices, and the service identifier is used to identify services that multiple terminal devices need to obtain.
  • the third request message further includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the third response message in the case where the configuration server determines to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices, includes information of the target enabling server, and the target enabling server Used to provide services for multiple terminal devices after application context migration; the third response message also includes a group identifier and/or a terminal device list.
  • the group identifier is used to identify a device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal The device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices.
  • the third response message further includes a group identifier and/or location information, the group identifier is used to represent a terminal device group, and the location information is a plurality of Location information of the terminal device.
  • An eighth aspect provides a method for discovering an application server, including: a first entity sending a fourth request message, the fourth request message including a terminal device list and/or a group identifier, and the terminal device list including multiple terminal devices.
  • the device identifier is used to identify a terminal device group including multiple terminal devices, and the fourth request message is used to request to perform application context migration for the multiple terminal devices.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication system, which includes a configuration server, an enabling server and a first terminal device, wherein the configuration server is used to implement the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof, and the enabling server is used to implement The second aspect and any possible implementation thereof, the first terminal device is used to implement the fifth aspect and any possible implementation thereof and the sixth aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a configuration server, an enabling server and a first entity, wherein the configuration server is used to implement the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof, and the enabling server is used to implement the third aspect.
  • the four aspects and any possible implementation methods thereof, the first entity is used to realize the seventh aspect and any possible implementation methods thereof, and the eighth aspect and any possible implementation methods thereof.
  • a device for discovering an application server including a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a first request message.
  • the first request message is used to request discovery of an enabling server.
  • the enabling server uses To provide services for multiple terminal devices;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine an enabling server according to information of a terminal device group, where the terminal device group includes multiple terminal devices;
  • the transceiver unit is also configured to send a first response message, where the first response message includes information about enabling the server.
  • the first request message includes first discovery information and/or second discovery information, where the first discovery information is used to indicate discovery of a user for multiple terminal devices.
  • Powerful server, second round The current information is used to describe the service scope required by multiple terminal devices, and the processing unit is also used to determine an enabling server based on the first discovery information and/or the second discovery information.
  • the first response message includes information of multiple enabling servers, the multiple enabling servers include enabling servers, and the transceiver unit is also used to receive enabling servers. Server information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send selection indication information to the enabling server, where the selection indication information is used to indicate that the enabling server is a plurality of terminal devices. Select the same application server.
  • a device for discovering an application server including a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a second request message.
  • the second request message is used to request the discovery of an application server.
  • the application server is used to provide Multiple terminal devices provide application services;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine an application server according to information on a terminal device group, where the terminal device group includes multiple terminal devices;
  • the transceiver unit is also configured to send a second response message, where the second response message includes information about the application server.
  • the second request message includes third discovery information and/or fourth discovery information
  • the third discovery information is used to indicate discovery of applications for multiple terminal devices.
  • the server, the fourth discovery information is used to describe the application service scope required by multiple terminal devices, and the processing unit is also used to determine the application server based on the third discovery information and/or the fourth discovery information.
  • the second response message includes information of multiple application servers
  • the multiple application servers include application servers
  • the transceiver unit is also used to receive information of the application servers.
  • a device for discovering an application server including a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a third request message.
  • the third request message is used to request the discovery of a target enabling server.
  • the target enables the server to be discovered.
  • the function server is configured to provide services for multiple terminal devices after application context migration;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices based on the information of the terminal device group;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a third response message, the third response message being used to indicate whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group includes a terminal device list, and the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices; the processing unit is specifically configured to The terminal device list and the device identification of the first terminal device determine that the first terminal device belongs to the terminal device group.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides an apparatus for discovering an application server, including a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a fourth request message.
  • the fourth request message includes a terminal device list and/or a group identification.
  • the terminal The device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices, the group identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices, and the fourth request message is used to request to perform application context migration for the multiple terminal devices;
  • the processing unit is used to perform application context migration for the plurality of terminal devices.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first notification message to the application server, where the first notification message includes a terminal device list, and the first notification message is used to Notify the application server to perform application context migration for multiple end devices.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a second notification message to the plurality of terminal devices, where the second notification message includes information about the target enabling server and/or Or information about a target application server that enables the server to serve multiple end devices after application context migration.
  • the application server is used to provide application services to multiple terminal devices after application context migration.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a device for discovering an application server, including a processor for executing computer instructions stored in a memory, so that the device executes the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the third aspect Or a method in any possible implementation thereof.
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a device for discovering an application server, including a processor for executing computer instructions stored in a memory, so that the device executes the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the fourth aspect Or a method in any possible implementation thereof.
  • a seventeenth aspect provides a device for discovering application servers, including a processor for executing computer instructions stored in a memory, so that the device executes the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the sixth aspect Or a method in any possible implementation thereof.
  • An eighteenth aspect provides a device for discovering an application server, including a processor for executing computer instructions stored in a memory, so that the device executes the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the eighth aspect Or a method in any possible implementation thereof.
  • a nineteenth aspect provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the third aspect is implemented. or any of its possible implementations.
  • a computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • a twenty-first aspect provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the sixth aspect is implemented. Methods in the aspect or any of its possible implementations are executed.
  • a twenty-second aspect provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation thereof or the eighth aspect is performed. Methods in the aspect or any of its possible implementations are executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is achieved.
  • the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof is achieved.
  • the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is achieved.
  • the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation thereof is achieved.
  • the method in the eighth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a twenty-seventh aspect provides a chip, including a processor for reading instructions stored in a memory.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the chip implements the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • method or third Methods in the aspect or any of its possible implementations are executed.
  • a twenty-eighth aspect provides a chip, including a processor for reading instructions stored in a memory.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the chip implements the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the method or method of the fourth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a twenty-ninth aspect provides a chip, including a processor for reading instructions stored in a memory.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the chip implements the fifth aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the method or the method of the sixth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a chip including a processor for reading instructions stored in a memory.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the chip implements the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation thereof. Or the method in the eighth aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an EAS discovery process suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an EES discovery process suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a T-EAS discovery process suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a T-EES discovery process suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for discovering application servers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of another method for discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of yet another method of discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another method for discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another method of discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of yet another method of discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of yet another method for discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of yet another method for discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of yet another method for discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of yet another method of discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of yet another method for discovering an application server provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the number of nouns means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more”, unless otherwise specified.
  • At least one means one or more
  • plural means two or more
  • a plurality in “one or more” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B.
  • At least one of the following or other Similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items (items) or plural items (items).
  • at least one of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c Can be single or multiple.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a device with wireless communications Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in public land mobile communications networks (public land mobile networks, PLMN), etc.,
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the network device in the embodiment of this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in the wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system can also be the base station (nodeb, NB) in the LTE system.
  • nodeb eNB or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario
  • the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle equipment, wearable device and 5G
  • the embodiments of this application are not limited to network equipment in the network or network equipment in the PLMN network.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • User equipment includes one or more application clients (application clients, AC) and edge enabler clients (edge enabler clients, EEC). User equipment can establish a connection with the edge data network through an application client and/or an edge-enabled client to obtain application services.
  • application clients application clients, AC
  • edge enabler clients edge enabler clients, EEC
  • the application client is used by application users to obtain application services from the application server.
  • the application client is a client program that is applied on the terminal side.
  • the application client can connect to an application server on the cloud to obtain application services, or it can be connected to a deployment running in one or more edge data networks (EDN).
  • Edge Application Server (EAS) to obtain application services.
  • the edge enabler client is used to register EEC information and application client information with the edge enabler server (EES), perform security authentication and authentication, and obtain the Internet protocol (internet protocol) of the EAS from the EES. protocol, IP) address, provides edge computing enabling capabilities to the application client, such as providing EAS discovery services, and returns the IP address of the EAS to the application client.
  • EEC edge enabler client
  • EES edge enabler server
  • IP Internet protocol
  • Edge data network includes edge application server (EAS) and edge enablement server (EES). Through the cooperation of edge application server and edge enablement server, edge data network can provide application services for user devices.
  • EAS edge application server
  • EAS edge enablement server
  • Edge application server can also be called edge application, application instance, edge application instance, multi-access edge computing (MEC) application (server) or EAS function.
  • EAS is an application deployed in an edge data network, specifically a server application (e.g., social media, augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR)).
  • An application can deploy one or more EAS in one or more EDNs.
  • EAS deployed in different EDNs can be considered as different EASs of an application. They can share a domain name, use an IP address, or Use a different IP address.
  • Edge Enablement Server is used to provide some enabling capabilities for application instances deployed in EDN, which can better support application deployment requests in MEC.
  • EES can support the registration of edge applications, authentication and authentication of UE, provide the UE with the IP address information of the application instance, etc. It can also further support the acquisition of the identification and IP address information of the application instance, and further provide the identification and IP address of the application instance.
  • the address information is sent to the edge data network configuration server (edge configuration server, ECS).
  • EES is deployed in EDN.
  • EAS is registered on an EES, or the information of an EAS is configured on an EES through the management system.
  • the EES is called the EES associated with the EAS.
  • the EES can control, manage, register and EAS configured on this EES.
  • the edge configuration server is responsible for EDN configuration, such as providing EES information to the UE. It can also directly provide the UE with application instance information and interact with the application's domain name system (DNS) to obtain application instance information. , and then obtain and save application instance and IP address information from other functional entities.
  • ECS edge configuration server
  • application data traffic is set up between the application client and the edge application server.
  • the application client and the edge-enabled client, the edge application server and the edge-enabled server, and the edge-enabled server There are communication interfaces between it and the edge configuration server.
  • the application user signs a service agreement with the application provider to provide services to the application user, and the application user communicates through the connection between the application client and EAS by logging in to the application client on the terminal.
  • the enabling client is the middle layer, usually located in the operating system, or between the application client and the operating system.
  • the application client can obtain the edge enablement service from the enablement client in the form of an application program interface (API).
  • API application program interface
  • ACR application context relocation
  • Detection of application context migration It is judged that context migration may be required. At this time, the detection entity usually detects some events, such as UE location changes, or UE user plane path updates, etc.
  • Execution of application context migration It mainly transfers the application context from the source EAS to the target EAS. It can also further include information notifying the terminal of the target EAS, notifying the completion of the network context migration and related information of the target EAS (such as the target EAS's address, the target EAS corresponds to N6 routing information, etc.).
  • Edge computing Also translated as edge computing, it is a distributed computing architecture that moves the computing of applications, data, and services from the network center node to the logical edge nodes of the network for processing. . Edge computing decomposes large services that are originally completely processed by central nodes, cuts them into smaller and more manageable parts, and distributes them to edge nodes for processing. Edge nodes are closer to user terminal devices, which can speed up the processing and sending of data and reduce delays. Under this architecture, data analysis and knowledge generation are closer to the source of data, so it is more suitable for processing big data.
  • Multi-access edge computing Wireless access networks can be used to provide telecommunications users with information technology (IT) services and cloud computing functions nearby, creating an environment with high performance, low latency and high bandwidth.
  • IT information technology
  • the carrier-grade service environment accelerates the rapid downloading of various content, services and applications on the network, allowing consumers to enjoy an uninterrupted high-quality network experience.
  • Data network refers to the service network of operators or third parties, which can provide services to user equipment, such as operator services, Internet services, etc.
  • LADN Local area data network
  • EDN Edge Data Network
  • LDN local data network
  • DNAI data network name
  • DNN data network name
  • Another understanding of EDN is that EDN is the peer-to-peer concept of the central cloud. It can be understood as a local data center (geographic location concept), which can be identified by DNAI and can contain multiple local data networks.
  • Application context refers to the running status information related to one or a group of users. Optionally, it can also include the context of the subscription of one or more users in the source EAS and the core network, such as the subscribed Transaction ID, etc. Optionally, the context of the one or more users on the EES is also included, such as the transaction ID of the source EAS's subscription to the one or more users.
  • Application context migration During the running of edge applications, when the UE moves outside the current service area, such as UE movement between EDNs or UE movement between LADNs, the edge application server currently providing services may not be able to continue. Provide services for currently running applications, or the edge application server currently providing services is no longer the optimal application server that can provide services for the UE. Other edge application servers may be more suitable for serving application clients on the UE, so It is necessary to use a new edge application server to replace the currently serving edge application server to better provide services to the UE. In the process, the application service will be temporarily suspended or interrupted, and the application context needs to be migrated to the new edge. application server to ensure that the impact of application interruptions is minimized.
  • Data network access identifier User plane identifier for accessing the data network.
  • the EAS discovery process is used to determine one or more application servers that can provide application services to application clients.
  • the EEC obtains the address information of the EES, such as the uniform resource locator (URL) information, IP address or other information
  • the EES configures the EAS discovery policy of the edge computing service provider (ESCP).
  • EAS discovery can be performed.
  • EEC sends an EAS discovery request message to EES.
  • the EAS discovery request includes the EEC ID and security credentials, and may include EAS discovery filter parameters (discovery filter) to retrieve information about a specific EAS or a specific type of EAS (such as a game application).
  • EAS discovery filter parameters discovery filter
  • the information that the EAS discovery request message can contain is shown in Table 1.
  • EES checks whether EEC is authorized to discover the requested EAS.
  • EES identifies the EAS based on the EAS discovery filter parameters and the location of the user device.
  • the EES does not obtain the EAS discovery filter parameters, and the EES identifies the EAS based on the user equipment specific service information and the terminal equipment location on the EES.
  • the EES does not obtain the EAS discovery filter parameters, and the EES identifies the EAS by applying an ESCP policy (eg, based only on the terminal device location).
  • the EES may select one or more EASs based on at least one of the following information: location information of the terminal device, specific service information of the terminal device, ECSP policy, and EAS discovery filtering parameters.
  • the filtering parameter may include one or more of an application client type, an application server type, and information on delay requirements of the application client.
  • EES sends an EAS discovery response message to EEC.
  • the EES rejects the service provision request and gives the corresponding failure reason.
  • the end device is located outside the geographical or topological service area of the EAS.
  • the EES processes the request successfully, and the EAS discovery response message contains the discovered EAS information and its endpoint information.
  • the EES In order to execute the EAS discovery process, the EES needs to be determined first, and the determination of the EES is achieved through the EES discovery process.
  • the following describes the discovery process of EES in conjunction with Figure 3.
  • ECS Before executing the EES discovery process, ECS will configure the EEC-related available edge computing service information based on the terminal device's location, service requirements, service preferences, and connectivity information, which will be used by the EEC to discover the available EES.
  • EEC sends a service provisioning request message to ECS.
  • the service provision request message is used to request ECS to trigger EES discovery.
  • the service provision request message includes a terminal device identifier, such as GPSI, connection information, the location of the terminal device, and AC profile information.
  • the information that the service provision request message may contain is shown in Table 5.
  • ECS After ECS receives the request information, it performs authentication and authorization.
  • ECS sends a service provision response message to EEC.
  • the ECS matches the EES registered on the ECS based on the AC configuration file and terminal device location information provided by the EEC. If the ECS cannot determine the EES information based on the EEC's request message, etc., the ECS rejects the service provision request and gives reason of failure.
  • the ECS successfully processes the service request, and the ECS sends a service provision response message to the EEC, and provides EDN connection information, a list of EESs that satisfy the EEC request information, and the address identification information of the EESs.
  • the service provision response message contains information as shown in Table 6.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the EAS discovery process initiated by the terminal side EEC and the EES discovery process.
  • the following describes the source EAS (source EAS, S-EAS) or source EES (source EAS) or source EES (source EAS) initiated by the network side in conjunction with Figure 4 and Figure 5.
  • source EES, S-EES executes the discovery process of target EAS (target EAS, T-EAS).
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of the discovery process of S-EAS executing T-EAS.
  • S-EAS sends an EAS discovery request message to S-EES.
  • S-EAS Before sending the EAS discovery request message, S-EAS has obtained the information of S-EES, such as the address information of S-EES.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes the EAS identification and security credentials.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include EAS filtering parameters matching the EAS configuration file. If the S-EAS obtains the target DNAI through user plane path management event notification, the EAS discovery request message may also include target DNAI information.
  • S302 S-EES discovers T-EES.
  • the S-EES After receiving the above EAS discovery request message, the S-EES checks whether the S-EAS of the request message is authorized to perform the discovery operation. If it is determined that the S-EAS has been authorized, the S-EES checks whether there is a T-EAS that can satisfy the requested EAS information and additional query filter parameters. If the S-EES discovers the T-EAS, the S-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to the E-EAS and feeds back the T-EAS information. If S-EES does not find T-EES, S-EES retrieves T-EES from ECS. For the specific process, please see the relevant description shown in Figure 5.
  • S303 S-EES sends an EAS discovery request message to T-EES.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes the identification and security credentials of the EES, and the EAS discovery request message also includes the EAS discovery filtering parameters obtained in S301.
  • T-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to S-EES.
  • T-EES After receiving the EAS discovery request message sent by S-EES, T-EES performs EAS discovery and obtains one or more T-EAS. The T-EES sends the information of the one or more EASs to the S-EES through the EAS discovery response message.
  • S305 S-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to S-EAS.
  • the EAS discovery response message is used to send one or more T-EAS discovered by the T-EES to the S-EAS.
  • the S-EES can save the information of the one or more T-EAS locally, and then send the information of the one or more T-EAS to S-EAS.
  • the EAS discovery message sent during the T-EAS discovery process initiated by S-EES can include a variety of information elements.
  • the EAS discovery response message can also contain a variety of information elements. The specific content You can refer to Table 4.
  • Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of the process of discovering T-EES.
  • S401 S-EES sends an EES discovery request message to ECS.
  • the EES discovery request message may include the UE's identity, the UE's location information, the EAS's identity and the target DNAI.
  • S-EES has obtained the ECS information, such as the ECS address, before sending the EES discovery request message to the ECS.
  • the S-EES is providing edge computing services for the application client (AC) on the UE corresponding to the UE identity contained in the EES discovery request message.
  • ECS determines T-EES.
  • the ECS can interact with the core network by to retrieve the location of the UE.
  • the ECS may determine the T-EES based on one or more of the following: the identity of the EAS, the target DNAI, or the location of the UE.
  • ECS sends an EES discovery response message to S-EES.
  • the EES discovery response message may include the identity of the S-EAS and the information of one or more T-EESs.
  • the information of the one or more T-EES may be expressed in the form of a T-EES list, and the information of the one or more T-ESS includes the information of the endpoint of each T-EES.
  • terminal device groups, terminal device lists, terminal device sets, etc. refer to terminal device groups containing multiple terminal devices.
  • This terminal device group may be determined by multiple terminal devices, such as participating Multiple terminal devices participating in the conference determined by multiple terminal devices in the same conference belong to a terminal device group.
  • This terminal device group can also be determined by the network device. For example, the network device will randomly divide multiple terminal devices participating in the same game into 10 teams. Each team includes at least 5 terminal devices. The network device will be assigned to a team. Multiple terminal devices in a team are regarded as a terminal device group. If a terminal device is subsequently added to an existing team through other methods, the network device will also treat it as a terminal device in the terminal device group.
  • UE user equipment
  • EEC user equipment
  • AC user equipment
  • UE may be EEC or AC. That is, no distinction is made between the AC and EEC contained in the UE, and they are uniformly represented by UE.
  • EAS discovery process after the EEC receives the message sent by the EES, the EEC can send the content of the message to the AC, and the AC completes the corresponding selection, etc.
  • the AC can also send a request message to the EEC to request to perform EAS discovery, etc.
  • the details can be Reference is made to the relevant description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the EEC can send the content of the message to the AC, and the AC completes the corresponding selection, etc.
  • the AC can also send a request message to the EEC to request to perform EES discovery, etc.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for discovering application servers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • S501 The UE sends a first request message to the configuration server, and accordingly, the configuration server receives the first request message.
  • the first request message is used to request discovery of an enabling server, where the enabling server is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the UE here refers to the enabled client of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may include one or more enabled clients.
  • the first terminal device may also include one or more application clients. Different Application clients are used to obtain different application services.
  • the configuration server may be an edge configuration server, or other configuration server that may be used to determine one or more enabling servers for the UE.
  • the first request message includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group can be used to confirm whether the terminal device belongs to the terminal device group or the terminal device list, for example, based on the terminal device list and/or group identification in the information of the terminal device group. Confirm whether the terminal device belongs to the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group can be used to determine the enabling server, for example, the enabling server is determined based on the location information and/or service identifier in the information of the terminal device group.
  • the first request message includes first discovery information and/or second discovery information
  • the first discovery information is used to indicate that the enabling server is discovered for multiple terminal devices
  • the second discovery information The information is used to indicate the service range required by multiple terminal devices.
  • the service scope required by multiple terminal devices here may be the service scope determined by each terminal device and applicable to the terminal device, or it may be the service range determined by the network side device and applicable to multiple terminal devices.
  • the login server The service range determined by the location of the terminal device is applicable to multiple terminal devices.
  • the first request message includes information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group. After obtaining the information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, the configuration server can use this information to determine whether it has received The first request message sent by all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server will save the information about the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server determines the enabling server according to the information of the terminal device group, where the terminal device group includes multiple terminal devices.
  • the information about the terminal device group includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices, and the group identifier is used to identify the terminal device group. Group.
  • the information about the terminal device group also includes location information and/or a service identifier.
  • the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the service identifier is used to indicate the needs of multiple terminal devices. Acquired business.
  • the configuration server determines the enabling server based on the first discovery information and/or the second discovery information.
  • the configuration server may also determine the enabling server according to the following method.
  • the configuration server can receive the first request message sent by all terminal devices in the terminal device group, then the configuration server can perform the configuration based on the information of all terminal devices in the group (such as the location information of the terminal device). Make sure to enable the server.
  • the configuration server can determine a user based on the information of the terminal device that has sent the first request message. enable server, and associate the information of the enable server with the terminal device list and/or group identification. When the same terminal device list or the terminal device with the same group identification subsequently requests to discover the enable server, the configuration server can Send the saved server-enabled information to subsequent terminal devices.
  • the ECS when the ECS receives the service provision request message from the first UE in the UE list that requests to discover EES, the ECS provides the service scope for the first request to discover EES based on the required service scope contained in the service provision request message.
  • the UE determines an EES and uses the EES as the EES that provides services for the UEs in the UE list, thereby sending information about the EES to other UEs in the UE list.
  • the configuration server sends the first response message to the UE, and accordingly, the UE receives the first response message.
  • the first response message includes information to enable the server.
  • the first response message further includes first reporting indication information, where the first reporting indication information is used to instruct the server-enabling information to be sent to the configuration server.
  • the first response message also includes second reporting instruction information, the second reporting instruction information is used to instruct to send the information of the application server to the enabling server, and the application server is used to provide multiple terminals with The device provides application services.
  • first reporting instruction information and second reporting instruction information may be included in two different cells respectively, or may also be included in the same cell.
  • the values of the cell "reporting indication” can be: 00, 01, 10 and 11.
  • the value when the value is 00, it means that the reporting indication information is empty, that is, it does not contain any reporting instructions; when the value is 01, it means that the selected enabling server needs to be sent to the configuration server (that is, the meaning of the first reporting indication information); When the value is 10, it means that the selected application server needs to be sent to the enabling server (that is, the meaning of the second reporting instruction information); when the value is 11, it means that the selected enabling server needs to be sent to both the configuration server and the enabling server. Send the selected application server (including the meaning of the first reporting instruction and the second reporting instruction).
  • the configuration server may also send selection indication information to the enabling server, where the selection indication information is used to instruct the enabling server to select the same application server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first response message may also include information on the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group.
  • S504 The UE sends a second request message to the enabling server, and accordingly, the enabling server receives the second request message.
  • the second request message is used to request discovery of an application server, and the application server is used to provide application services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the second request message includes information about the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group can be used to determine whether the terminal device belongs to the terminal device group or the terminal device list, for example, based on the terminal device list and/or group identification in the information of the terminal device group. Confirm whether the terminal device belongs to the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group can be used to determine the application server, for example, the enabling server is determined based on the location information and/or service identifier in the information of the terminal device group.
  • the second request message includes third discovery information and/or fourth discovery information
  • the third discovery information is used to indicate that the application server is discovered for multiple terminal devices
  • the fourth discovery information Used to indicate the application service range required by multiple terminal devices.
  • the second request message includes information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group. After obtaining the information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, the enabling server can use this information to determine whether to receive the A second request message sent to all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the enabling server does not save the information locally, The information of the terminal device group.
  • the enabling server will save the information of the terminal device group.
  • the enabling server determines the application server.
  • the enabling server determines the application server according to the information of the terminal device group, where the terminal device group includes multiple terminal devices.
  • the information about the terminal device group includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices, and the group identifier is used to identify the terminal device group. Group.
  • the information of the terminal device group also includes location information and/or a service identifier.
  • the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the service identifier is used to indicate that multiple terminal devices need to obtain Business.
  • the enabling server determines the application server according to the third discovery information and/or the fourth discovery information.
  • the enabling server may also determine the application server according to the following manner.
  • the enabling server can receive the second request message sent by all terminal devices in the terminal device group, the enabling server can receive the second request message based on the information of all terminal devices in the group (such as the location information of the terminal device). ) to determine the application server.
  • the enabling server can determine an application based on the information of the terminal device that has sent the second request message. server, and associate the information of the application server with the terminal device list and/or group identification.
  • the enabling server can The saved application server information is sent to subsequent terminal devices.
  • the EES when the EES receives the service provision request message from the first UE in the UE list that requests to discover the EAS, the EES provides the service scope for the first request to discover the EAS based on the required service scope contained in the service provision request message.
  • the UE determines an EAS and uses the EAS as the EAS that provides services for the UEs in the UE list, thereby sending the information of the EAS to other UEs in the UE list.
  • the enabling server sends a second response message to the UE, and accordingly, the UE receives the second response message.
  • the second response message includes application server information.
  • the second response message further includes second reporting indication information, where the second reporting indication information is used to instruct sending the application server information to the enabling server.
  • the second response message may also include information on the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group.
  • the configuration server determines an enabling server for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group based on the information of the terminal device group. Compared with the method of determining an enabling server based on the information of a terminal device, it is beneficial to An enabling server suitable for multiple terminal devices is determined for the multiple terminal devices.
  • the application server determines an application server for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device based on the information of the terminal device group. Compared with the method of determining an application server based on the information of one terminal device, it is beneficial to determine an application server for multiple terminal devices that is suitable for multiple terminal devices.
  • the application server for each terminal device is conducive to obtaining the same application experience when multiple terminal devices obtain the same application service.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for discovering an application server according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first entity sends a third request message to the configuration server.
  • the configuration server receives the third request. information.
  • the first entity may be an enabling client of the first terminal device or may also be a source enabling server.
  • the third request message is used to request discovery of a target enabling server, where the target enabling server is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices after application context migration.
  • the third request message here is specifically used to request to discover the target enabling server for a certain terminal device in the terminal device group or for all terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the third request message may include information about the terminal device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group can be used to confirm whether the terminal device belongs to the terminal device group or the terminal device list, for example, based on the terminal device list and/or group identification in the information of the terminal device group. Determine whether the end device belongs to the end device group.
  • the information of the terminal device group can be used to determine the enabling server, for example, the enabling server is determined based on the location information in the information of the terminal device group.
  • the third request message may also include information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, and the configuration server may determine whether to receive the terminal device group according to the information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group. Request messages corresponding to all end devices in the group.
  • the configuration server will save the information about the terminal device group.
  • S602 The configuration server determines whether to perform ACR.
  • the configuration server determines whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices according to the information of the terminal device group.
  • the information about the terminal device group includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices, and the group identifier is used to identify the terminal device group. Group.
  • the information about the terminal device group also includes location information, and the location information is the location information of multiple terminal devices.
  • the configuration server combines the location information of the current location of the first terminal device and the location information of the plurality of terminal devices.
  • the configuration server sends a third response message to the first entity, and accordingly, the first entity receives the third response message.
  • the third response message is used to indicate whether to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices in the terminal device group.
  • the multiple terminal devices include the first terminal device.
  • the source enabling server is used for application context migration before or currently. Multiple terminal devices provide services.
  • the third response message when the configuration server determines to perform application context migration for multiple terminal devices, includes information about the target enabling server, which is used to migrate the application context for the application context. and then provide services for multiple terminal devices; the third response message also includes a group identifier and a terminal device list.
  • the group identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device list includes multiple terminals. The device ID of the device.
  • S604 The first entity sends a fourth request message to the enabling server, and accordingly, the enabling server receives the fourth request message.
  • the fourth request message includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • the terminal device list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices.
  • the group identifier is used to identify a terminal device group containing the multiple terminal devices.
  • the third request message includes a terminal device list and/or a group identifier.
  • Four requests for cancellation Information is used to request application context migration for multiple end devices.
  • the fourth request message may also include information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group, and the enabling server may determine whether to receive the terminal device according to the information about the number of terminal devices included in the terminal device group. Request messages corresponding to all terminal devices in the group.
  • the fourth request message sent by the terminal device contains the information of the terminal device group (such as the terminal device list and/or group identification), and
  • the enabling server does not save the information of the terminal device group locally, and the enabling server will save the information of the terminal device group.
  • S605 Enable the server to perform ACR.
  • the enabling server sends a first notification message to the application server, the first notification information includes a terminal device list, and the first notification message is used to notify the application server to execute the application context for multiple terminal devices. migrate.
  • the source edge application server When the application server is a source edge application server, the source edge application server will send the application contexts of the multiple terminal devices to the target edge application server after receiving the first notification message.
  • the application server is a target edge application server, after receiving the first notification message, the target edge application server requests the source edge application server to send application contexts of multiple terminal devices to the target edge application server.
  • the enabling server sends a second notification message to the plurality of terminal devices.
  • the second notification message includes information about the target enabling server and information about the target application server.
  • the target enabling server The target application server is used to provide application services to multiple terminal devices after the application context is migrated.
  • the target application server is used to provide application services to multiple terminal devices after the application context is migrated.
  • the configuration server may determine whether to perform ACR for multiple terminal devices based on the information of the terminal device group, and determine a same enabling server for multiple terminal devices.
  • the enabling server can determine target application servers for multiple terminal devices in combination with location information of multiple terminal devices. Taking the status and information of multiple terminal devices into consideration when determining whether to perform ACR and determining the target application server is conducive to reducing the adverse impact of ACR events on the application service experience of the terminal device, and is conducive to providing the same service for multiple terminal devices.
  • Application service experience is a configurable computing environment.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the process in which a terminal device initiates the allocation of the same EES and the same EAS to multiple UEs in a terminal device group (UE group) or a terminal device list (UE list).
  • UE group terminal device group
  • UE list terminal device list
  • the same EES is represented by selected EES (selected EES)
  • selected EAS selected EAS
  • selected EAS selected EAS
  • the selected EES or selected EAS can also have other names. , the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the UE sends a service provision request message to the ECS.
  • the AC of the UE requests edge computing services from the EEC through the EDGE-5 interface, requesting information such as discovering EAS and obtaining the address of the EAS; the EEC of the UE sends a service provision request message to the ECS after receiving the request message sent by the AC.
  • the request message sent by the AC to the EEC may also include one or more of the following:
  • the UE list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices.
  • the required service area is the required application service range determined based on the location information of the UE.
  • the indication information is used Instead of instructing the ECS to select the same EES for the UEs in the UE group, the indication information can also be used to instruct the EES to select the same EAS for the UEs in the UE group.
  • the above-mentioned demand service scope may be the level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district level or municipal level). EES) or it can be a specific geographical service range (for example, the service range is EAS in Beijing).
  • This service provision request message is used to request ECS to discover EES.
  • This service provision request message may also be called an edge platform discovery request message or has other names. This application does not limit this.
  • the service request message may include UE identification information, UE location information, etc.
  • the service provision request message may also contain other information. For details, please refer to the relevant description in S201.
  • the ECS before the UE sends the service provision request message to the ECS, the ECS has obtained the UE list.
  • the UE list contains the identification (ID) information of one or more UEs.
  • the identification information of the one or more UEs can be the UE's user permanent identifier (subscription permanent identifier, SUPI) or general public user identity (GPSI). Or other information that can identify the UE identity.
  • the ECS can obtain the UE list in various ways. For example, the ECS obtains the UE list from the login server, which is the server that the UE's AC connects to when performing user login operations.
  • the login server which is the server that the UE's AC connects to when performing user login operations.
  • the login server can determine the UE list in a variety of ways. For example, the login server regards the UEs that have logged in within the same time period as a group of UEs, and the group of UEs corresponds to one UE list.
  • the ECS determines all UEs included in the UE list as a group of UEs, and determines a group identification (group identification, group ID or GID) for the group of UEs.
  • the group identification can be used to identify the UEs in the UE group. .
  • the group ID can also be obtained by ECS from other network elements.
  • the service provision request message includes a UE list.
  • the service provision request message sent by the EEC of one or more UEs in the UE list includes the UE list information.
  • the service provision request message also includes the group identifier of the UE group and information about the number of UEs included in the UE group.
  • the service request message sent by the EEC of one or more UEs in the UE group includes the group identity of the UE group and information about the number of UEs included in the UE group, and the service provision request messages sent by the remaining UEs included in the UE group includes the group identifier of the UE group.
  • the service provision request message may also include first discovery information and/or second discovery information.
  • the first discovery information is used to indicate that the enabled server is discovered for multiple terminal devices.
  • the second discovery information is used to indicate that the server is enabled for multiple terminal devices. Service scope required for multiple terminal devices.
  • the ECS determines the selected EES.
  • the ECS selects the same EES for all UEs in the UE list. Alternatively, the ECS selects the same EES for UEs with the same group identity.
  • the UE list may be obtained by the ECS from the received service request message, or the UE list may be obtained in other ways, such as from the UE's login server.
  • the service provision request message received by the ECS contains the group identifier of the UE group or the UE list, and then the ECS determines that the UE is included in the UE group or the UE list based on the group identifier of the UE group or the UE list, Then the ECS determines that it needs to determine the same EES for multiple UEs in the UE list.
  • the UE service provision request message received by the ECS does not contain the identity of the UE group or the UE list.
  • the ECS determines that the UE belongs to the UE in the UE list based on the identity of the UE and the UE list obtained through other methods. Then the ECS determines that the same EES needs to be determined for the UE and other UEs in the UE list.
  • ECS can determine the selected EES in any of the following ways.
  • the ECS when the ECS determines that it has received a service provision request message sent by all UEs in the UE list or UE group (specifically, the EEC of the UE), the ECS combines the information of all UEs (such as location information) into the UE list. Or all UEs in the UE group select the same EES as the selected EES.
  • the ECS when the ECS receives the service provision request message sent by one or more UEs in the UE list or the UE group, the ECS selects an EES as the selected EES based on the location information of the one or more UEs. EES.
  • the ECS receives service provision request messages sent by other UEs in the UE list, it sends the information of the selected EES to other UEs.
  • the ECS when the ECS receives the service provision request message from the first UE in the UE list that requests to discover EES, the ECS provides the service scope for the first request to discover EES based on the required service scope contained in the service provision request message.
  • the UE determines an EES and uses the EES as the EES that provides services for the UEs in the UE list, thereby sending information about the EES to other UEs in the UE list.
  • the ECS receives the service provision request message sent by UEl.
  • the service provision request message does not contain the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group.
  • the ECS performs the conventional EES discovery process, and the UEl selects the first EES. Get services.
  • the ECS receives the service provision request message sent by UE2.
  • the service provision request message contains a UE list. Based on the UE list, the ECS determines that UE1 and UE2 belong to UEs in the same UE list or UEs in the same UE group.
  • the ECS regards the first EES selected by UE1 as the selected EES, and sends the information of the selected EES to UE2.
  • the ECS may determine after receiving the first discovery information that a same EES needs to be determined for multiple terminal devices in the UE list or UE group.
  • the first discovery information can be an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the EES that needs to be discovered is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the first discovery information can also be an implicit indication.
  • the first discovery information is UE list or the group identifier of the UE group, then after receiving the service provision request message, the ECS can also identify the EES requested to be discovered to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the ECS can determine the scope of services that need to be provided to multiple terminal devices after receiving the second discovery information.
  • the second discovery information is the service range required by each UE determined by each UE. Then the ECS can, after receiving the second discovery information sent by all UEs in the UE group, according to the service range required by multiple UEs. Determine an EES for multiple UEs that is applicable to the service range needs of all UEs.
  • the second discovery information is a service scope applicable to all UEs determined by the login server for all UEs in the UE group. Then, after receiving the second discovery information, the ECS can determine the service scope applicable to all UEs according to the service scope applicable to all UEs. Scope determines a corresponding EES.
  • the ECS can select an optimally located EES as the selected EES based on the location of the UE in the UE list or UE group and the deployment location of the EES.
  • the specific method for ECS to select EES can refer to relevant standards and will not be described in detail here.
  • the ECS sends a service provision response message to the UE.
  • the service provision response message may also be called an edge platform discovery response message or may have other names. This application does not limit this.
  • the service provision response message includes information from one or more EESs, and the one or more EESs may Includes EES selected in S702.
  • the service provision response message can include the group identifier of the UE group, that is, the ECS can use the service provision response message to The group identification is sent to the UE.
  • the service provision response message may also include information on the number of UEs included in the UE group.
  • the ECS sends the group identifier to the EEC of all UEs in the UE group, and sends the number of UEs in the UE group to the EEC of one or more UEs in the UE group.
  • the service provision response message may also include UE list information.
  • the ECS sends the UE list information to the EEC of one or more UEs in the UE list.
  • the service provision response message may include the group identifier, the UE in the UE group. number and UE list.
  • the service provision response message may also include indication information, the indication information being used to instruct the EEC or AC to select the selected EES.
  • the EEC can further send the indication information to the AC, and the AC selects the selected EES.
  • the EEC selects the selected EES after obtaining the instruction information, and sends the information of the selected EES to the AC.
  • the service provision response message may also include other information.
  • the service provision response message may also include other information.
  • the UE sends an EAS discovery request message to the EES.
  • the UE After receiving the service provision response message sent by the ECS, the UE determines an EES based on the information of one or more EESs contained in the service provision response message, and requests the EES to perform EAS discovery.
  • the EES can be the one selected in S703. EES.
  • the EEC may select one EES from the multiple EESs as the selected EES. Alternatively, the EES may directly select the selected EES in S702 according to the instruction information contained in the service provision response message. Alternatively, after receiving the service provision response message, the EEC sends the information of multiple EESs to the AC, and the AC selects one EES from the multiple EESs as the selected EES. Alternatively, the EEC also sends the indication information contained in the service provision response message to the AC, and the AC directly selects the selected EES based on the indication information.
  • the EEC or AC directly determines the selected EES as the EES that will provide the service.
  • the UE's AC After determining an EES, the UE's AC sends a request message to the EEC, requesting EAS discovery. After receiving the request message sent by the AC, the EEC sends an EAS discovery request message to the EES.
  • the request message sent by the AC to the EEC may also include one or more of the following:
  • the UE list includes device identifiers of multiple terminal devices.
  • the required service range is the required application service range determined based on the location information of the UE.
  • the indication information is used to indicate The ECS selects the same EES for the UEs in the UE group. This indication information can also be used to instruct the EES to select the same EAS for the UEs in the UE group.
  • the above-mentioned required service scope may be a level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district-level or municipal-level EES) or a specific geographical service scope (for example, the service scope is EAS in Beijing).
  • the EAS discovery request message includes: a group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs in the UE group.
  • the EEC of at least one UE in the UE group sends the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs included in the UE group to the selected EES, and the EEC of other UEs in the UE group sends the group identifier to the selected EES.
  • EES the EEC of at least one UE in the UE group
  • the EAS discovery request message includes UE list information.
  • the EEC of one or more UEs in the UE list sends the UE list to the selected EES.
  • the EEC of one or more UEs in the UE list sends the group identification of the UE group, the number of UEs in the UE group, and the UE list to the selected EES.
  • the EAS discovery request message also includes indication information, which is used to instruct the EES to select the same EAS for multiple UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include third discovery information and/or fourth discovery information.
  • the third discovery information is used to indicate discovery of application servers for multiple terminal devices.
  • the fourth discovery information is used to indicate multiple terminal devices. The scope of application services required by each terminal device.
  • the selected EES selects the same EAS for all UEs in the UE list.
  • the EES selects the same EAS for UEs with the same group identity.
  • the same EAS is represented by selected EAS below.
  • the EES when receiving the EAS discovery request message sent by the EEC, determines whether the UE belongs to the UE in the UE list according to the identity of the UE.
  • the EES determines whether the UE belongs to the UE group based on whether the group identity of the UE in the EAS discovery request message sent by the UE is consistent with the group identity of the UE stored locally by the EES.
  • the EES After the EES determines that it has received the EAS discovery request messages sent by all UEs corresponding to the UE identities contained in the UE list, the EES selects the same EAS as the selected EAS for all UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the EES determines whether it has received EAS discovery request messages sent by all UEs in the UE group by recording the number of received EAS discovery request messages with the same UE group identity and different UE identities. After determining that the EAS discovery request message sent by all UEs in the UE group has been received, the EES selects the same EAS as the selected EAS for all UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the EES selects an EAS as the selected EAS based on the location information of the one or more UEs.
  • the EES determines whether the UE belongs to the same UE list according to the group identifier of the UE list or UE group as one or more UEs that have selected EAS. or belongs to the same UE group.
  • the selected EAS information is sent to the UE.
  • the EES when the EES receives the service provision request message from the first UE in the UE list that requests to discover the EAS, the EES provides the service scope for the first request to discover the EAS based on the required service scope contained in the service provision request message.
  • the UE determines an EAS and uses the EAS as the EAS that provides services for the UEs in the UE list, thereby The EAS sends the information to other UEs in its UE list.
  • the EES receives the EAS discovery request message sent by UEl.
  • the EAS discovery request message does not contain the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group.
  • the EES performs the conventional EAS discovery process, and the UEl selects the first EAS. .
  • EES receives the EAS discovery request message sent by UE2.
  • the EAS discovery request message contains a UE list. According to the UE list, EES determines that UE1 and UE2 belong to UEs in the same UE list or UEs in the same UE group.
  • the EES takes the first EAS selected by UE1 as the selected EAS, and sends the information of the first EAS to UE2.
  • the EES may determine after receiving the third discovery information that it is necessary to determine the same EAS for multiple terminal devices in the UE list or UE group.
  • the third discovery information may be an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the EAS that needs to be discovered is used to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the third discovery information may also be an implicit indication.
  • the third discovery information is UE list or the group identifier of the UE group, then after receiving the EAS discovery request message, the EES can also identify the EAS requested to be discovered to provide services for multiple terminal devices.
  • the ECS can determine the scope that needs to provide services to multiple terminal devices after receiving the fourth discovery information.
  • the fourth discovery information is the application service range required by each UE determined by each UE. Then the EES can determine the service range required by each UE according to the fourth discovery information sent by all UEs in the UE group. , determine an EAS required by the application service scope applicable to all UEs for multiple UEs.
  • the fourth discovery information is the application service scope applicable to all UEs determined by the login server for all UEs in the UE group. Then, after receiving the fourth discovery information, the EES can use the application service scope applicable to all UEs. The application service scope determines a corresponding EAS.
  • EES can combine the locations of multiple UEs in the UE list or UE group and the deployment location of the EAS to select an EAS with the optimal location.
  • the specific method of EES selecting an EAS can refer to relevant standards and will not be described in detail here.
  • the selected EES sends a notification message to the selected EAS.
  • the selected EES sends the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs in the UE group to the selected EAS.
  • the selected EES sends the UE list to the selected EAS.
  • the selected EAS When the selected EAS obtains the group ID of the UE group or the UE list, and when the UE accesses the selected EAS, the selected EAS can determine whether the UE belongs to the UE group or the UE list based on the UE's identification information, and then determine Whether corresponding application services need to be provided for the UE.
  • S707 The selected EES sends an EAS discovery response message to the UE.
  • the selected EES sends the information of the selected EAS to the EEC of the UE.
  • the selected EES may also send the group identification of the UE group to the EEC.
  • the EES may also send the number of UEs in the UE group to the EEC.
  • the selected EES may also send the UE list to the EEC.
  • the selected EES may also send the group identification and UE list to the EEC.
  • the EES may also send the number of UEs in the UE group to the EEC.
  • the EEC After obtaining the information of the selected EAS and other information, the EEC will send the information of the selected EAS to the AC of the UE. After obtaining the information of the selected EAS, the AC can connect to the selected EAS and request The selected EAS provides application services.
  • the terminal Before performing EES discovery and EAS discovery for the terminal device through the UE list and the group identification of the UE group, the terminal The identity of the device is confirmed to determine whether the terminal device belongs to the UE list or UE group, which is beneficial to improving the efficiency of ECS and EES to determine an EES and an EAS for multiple terminal devices, and is beneficial to multiple UE lists or UE groups. Terminal devices obtain the same application service experience.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the process of ECS and EES using the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group to determine the selection of the same EAS for all UEs in the UE group.
  • the following describes the process of ECS and EES using the UE list and the UE to obtain the information that the UE needs to obtain.
  • the service identifier determines the process of selecting the same EES and the same EAS for all UEs in the UE list.
  • the selected EES is used to represent the same EES
  • the selected EAS is used to represent the same EAS.
  • the ECS before the UE sends a service provision request message to the ECS, the ECS has obtained the UE list, UE set, or group identifier of the UE group that contains the UE, as well as the UEs in the UE list, UE set, or UE group. It is necessary to obtain the service identifier of the service (hereinafter referred to as the target service).
  • the group identifier of the UE group may be a set of identifiers of each UE in the UE list/UE set/UE group, or it may be an identifier of the UE list/UE set/UE group itself.
  • the UE list contains identification information of one or more UEs.
  • the identification information of the one or more UEs may be the SUPI or GPSI of the UE or other information that can identify the identity of the UE.
  • the target service refers to the service that the UE included in the UE list wants to obtain, that is, the service that needs to perform coordinated access.
  • the service identifier of the target service is used to represent the target service.
  • the target service identifier can be identified in a variety of ways, such as the edge application server service identifier, fully qualified domain name (full qualified domain name, FQDN) or application identifier (application ID, App ID), or other cell identifiers that identify the service can also be used.
  • EAS ID refers to the identification of the business provided by EAS, rather than the identification of one or some specific EAS instances.
  • the identification can be the edge application server identification (EAS ID), or it can also play the same role. Other identification of functions.
  • the ECS can determine the UE list and the service identifier of the target service in various ways, which is not limited in this application.
  • the server of the app when using an online conference app to book an online conference, the server of the app will obtain the identities of the participating UEs, and the identities of all participating UEs form a UE list.
  • the server of the app can add the UE list and identification to the conference application.
  • the business ID of the service is sent to ECS.
  • ECS can convert different types of business identifiers to each other.
  • ECS can convert FQDN to EAS ID.
  • the UE sends a service provision request message to the ECS.
  • the AC of the UE requests edge computing services from the EEC through the EDGE-5 interface, requesting information such as discovering EAS and obtaining the address of the EAS; the EEC of the UE sends a service provision request message to the ECS after receiving the request message sent by the AC.
  • This service provision request message is used to request ECS to discover EES.
  • This service provision request message may also be called an edge platform discovery request message or has other names. This application does not limit this.
  • the service provision request message may include the identity of the UE and the service identity of the required service.
  • the required service refers to the service that the UE needs to obtain.
  • the ECS determines whether the selected EES exists.
  • the ECS When the ECS receives the service provision request message sent by the UE, the ECS obtains the identity of the UE and the required service Business identification.
  • the ECS determines whether the UE is included in the UE list. According to the service identifier, the ECS determines whether the service identifier of the required service of the UE is consistent with the service identifier of the target service corresponding to the UE list.
  • the ECS determines that the UE is a UE in the UE list, and the service identifier of the required service is consistent with the service identifier of the target service corresponding to the UE list.
  • the ECS queries the selected EES that has been allocated to provide the target service for the UE in the UE list, and then the ECS obtains the information of the selected EES.
  • the above action can also be described as: the ECS determines the UE list and the EES corresponding to the target service.
  • the ECS determines that the UE is a UE in the UE list, and the service identifier of the required service is consistent with the service identifier of the target service corresponding to the UE list.
  • the ECS query does not allocate the selected EES that provides the target service to the UE in the UE list, or the ECS cannot determine the UE list and the EES corresponding to the target service.
  • the ECS performs a regular EES discovery process to obtain one or more EESs that can Information about the EES of the target service is provided for the UEs in the UE list, and the one or more EESs may be called candidate EESs.
  • This service provision response message may also be called an edge platform discovery response message or may have other names, and this application does not limit this.
  • the service provision response message may include information of one or more EESs, and the one or more EESs may include selected EESs.
  • the information of one or more EESs may be expressed in the form of an EES list.
  • the ECS obtains the information of the selected EES, and the service provision response message includes the information of the selected EES.
  • the service provision response message may also include information about the candidate EES and indication information, the indication information being used to indicate selection of the selected EES, and the candidate EAS may be used as a backup EAS.
  • the ECS obtains the information of the candidate EES
  • the information of one or more EESs included in the service provision response message is the information of the candidate EES.
  • the service provision response message may also include first indication information, the first indication information being used to instruct the UE to report the information of the selected EES from the candidate EES to the ECS.
  • the service provision response message also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to instruct the UE to report the information of the selected EES from the candidate EES to the ECS, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the UE to The information of the selected EAS from the candidate EAS is reported to the EES.
  • the service provision response message may also include a UE list.
  • the UE list may be used to indicate that the UE will report the information of the selected EES from the candidate EES to the ECS.
  • the UE list may also be used to indicate that the UE will report the information of the selected EES from the candidate EES to the ECS.
  • the information of the selected EAS among the candidate EAS is reported to the EES.
  • S804 The UE sends an EES selection notification response message to the ECS.
  • the EES selection notification response message includes the identity of the UE and the information of the selected EES, such as the identity and/or address of the selected EES.
  • the UE After receiving the service provision response message, the UE obtains the information of the candidate EES contained in the service provision response message, and selects an EES from the candidate EES as the selected EES.
  • the UE According to the first indication information or the second indication information contained in the service provision response message, the UE sends the information of the selected EES to the ECS.
  • the ECS sends EAS collaborative selection indication information to the selected EES.
  • the EAS collaboration selection indication information includes the UE list and the service identifier of the target service.
  • the collaboration indication information is used to instruct the selected EES to select the same EAS to provide the target service for all UEs in the UE list.
  • step S803 contains the UE list
  • the service provision response message in step S803 contains the UE list
  • the UE sends the EAS discovery request message to the selected EES it can also send the UE list to the EES.
  • the selected EES can select the same EAS for multiple UEs in the UE list, that is, S805 is optional.
  • the selected EES determines the same EAS for multiple UEs in the UE list based on the UE list and the service identifier of the service that the UE in the UE list needs to obtain.
  • S801 to S805 processes in the embodiment shown in Figure 7 are to discover EESs that can provide services for the UE's EEC.
  • S801 to S805 do not need to be executed, that is, The process of S801 to S805 is optional.
  • S806 The UE sends an EAS discovery request message to the EES.
  • the EAS discovery request message is used to request the selected EES to perform EAS discovery for the UE.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes the identity of the UE and the service identifier of the required service.
  • the required service is used to indicate the service that the UE needs to obtain.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include a UE list.
  • the selected EES can also obtain the UE list through other methods.
  • the ECS can send the UE list to the selected EES, instructing the selected EES to select the same UE for the UE in the UE list.
  • EAS that is, the selected EES can obtain the UE list from the ECS.
  • the selected EES determines whether the selected EAS exists.
  • the selected EES After the selected EES receives the EAS discovery request message sent by the UE, the selected EES obtains the identifier of the UE and the service identifier of the required service.
  • the EES determines whether the UE belongs to the UE in the UE list. According to the service identifier, the EES determines whether the service identifier of the required service is consistent with the service identifier of the target service corresponding to the UE list.
  • the selected EES can obtain the UE list through UE or ECS. Based on the UE list and combined with the UE identification, the selected EES can determine whether the UE belongs to the UE list. UE.
  • the EES determines that the UE is a UE in the UE list, and the service identifier of the required service of the UE is consistent with the service identifier of the target service.
  • the EES query has assigned an EAS that provides the target service to the UE in the UE list, and then the EES obtains the information of the EAS and uses it as the selected EAS.
  • the above action can also be described as: the EES determines the UE list and the EAS corresponding to the target service.
  • the EES determines that the UE is a UE in the UE list, and the service identifier of the required service of the UE is consistent with the service identifier of the target service.
  • the EES query does not allocate the selected EAS that provides the target service to the UE in the UE list, or the EES cannot determine the UE list and the EAS corresponding to the target service, then the EES performs EAS discovery and obtains one or more EAS for the target service.
  • the UEs in the UE list provide EAS information of the target service, and the one or more EASs may be called candidate EASs.
  • S808 The EES sends an EAS discovery response message to the UE.
  • the EAS discovery response message may include information about one or more EASs, and the one or more EASs may include selected EASs.
  • the information of the one or more EAS may be expressed in the form of an EAS list.
  • the EES obtains the information of the selected EAS, and then the EAS discovery response message includes the information of the selected EAS.
  • the EAS discovery response message may also include information about the candidate EAS and indication information.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the EEC to select the selected EAS.
  • the candidate EAS may be used as a backup EAS.
  • the EES obtains the information of the candidate EAS, then the information of one or more EAS included in the EAS discovery response message is the information of the candidate EAS.
  • the EAS discovery response message may also include third indication information.
  • the third indication message is used to instruct the UE to report the information of the selected EAS from the candidate EAS to the selected EES.
  • the UE sends an EAS selection notification response message to the EES.
  • the UE When the EAS discovery response message received by the UE contains information about one or more EASs, the UE needs to select one EAS from the one or more EASs as the selected EAS.
  • the UE sends the information of the selected EAS to the selected EES.
  • the EAS selection notification response message includes the identification of the UE, the information of the selected EAS, and the service identification of the required service of the UE.
  • the specific methods and criteria for the UE to determine the selected EAS can refer to relevant standards and will not be described in detail here.
  • the identity of the terminal device is first confirmed through the UE list and the UE's identity to determine that the terminal device belongs to the UE list, and then the type of service that the UE needs to obtain is determined based on the identity of the target service in the UE list and the service identity of the UE's required service.
  • the selected EES determined by the ECS for the UE can obtain the same business and provide services for the UE as other UEs in the UE list.
  • the selected EAS determined by the EES for the UE can obtain the same services for the UE as the UE.
  • Other UEs in the list obtain the same business and provide application services.
  • the application server discovery method provided in this embodiment is conducive to determining an application server that provides the same application service for multiple UEs, and is conducive to multiple terminal devices obtaining more applications. Get a consistent application service experience when serving.
  • the above describes the process of ECS and EES determining the same EES and the same EAS for multiple UEs in the UE group based on the UE list and service identifier in conjunction with Figure 9 .
  • the following describes the process of ECS and EES determining the same EES and the same EAS for UE2 as UE1 based on the service identifier and the identifier of UE1 based on the service identifier and the identifier of UE1.
  • the selected EES is used to represent the same EES
  • the selected EAS is used to represent the same EAS.
  • UE2 needs to obtain the identity of UE1, and here UE2 and UE1 have the same service requirements.
  • UE1 has selected and accessed the EAS of the above service, and the network side can obtain the service identifier of the above service of UE1 and the identifier or address of the above EAS.
  • UE2 can obtain the identity of UE1 through different methods such as online or offline, and this application does not limit this.
  • UE1 and UE2 make an appointment for a network conference.
  • the network conference can be accessed through the mobile phone numbers of UE1 and UE2.
  • UE2 locally saves the mobile phone number of UE1, that is, UE2 obtains the identity of UE1.
  • UE2 can obtain the identity of UE1 through online or offline methods.
  • UE1 and UE2 meet for an online game, and UE1 sends a game invitation link to UE2 through online communication.
  • the game invitation link may include UE1's identity (identity information in the game) and business type (game service).
  • UE2 can obtain the identity of UE1 based on the game invitation link.
  • the UE1 identifier may also be an identifier associated with UE1 and UE2, such as a conference number, a game room number, etc.
  • UE2 sends a service provision request message to the ECS.
  • This service provision request message is used to request ECS to discover EES.
  • This service provision request message may also be called an edge platform discovery request message or has other names. This application does not limit this.
  • the service provision request message includes the identity of UE2, the identity of UE1, and the service identity of the required service.
  • the required service refers to the service that UE2 needs to access.
  • the UE1 identifier may also be an identifier associated with UE1 and UE2, such as a conference number, a game room number, etc.
  • the service provision request message also includes fourth indication information, which is used to indicate that the current UE is allocated the same EAS as UE1.
  • the ECS determines the selected EES.
  • the ECS After receiving the service provision request message sent by UE2, the ECS can obtain the identity of UE2, the identity of UE1, and the service identity of the required service.
  • the ECS may also obtain fourth indication information, which is used to indicate that UE2 has a requirement to select the same EAS as UE1.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that UE2 has a requirement to select the same EAS as UE1 for the service.
  • the service provision request message includes fourth indication information
  • the ECS determines to feed back the EES selected by UE1 as the selected EES to UE2 based on the fourth indication information and the identity of UE1.
  • the ECS may determine according to the identification information of UE1 to feed back the EES selected by UE1 as the selected EES to UE2.
  • the ECS obtains that the service provision request message contains the identification information of the non-current UE, and then the ECS determines to allocate the same EES to the current UE as the UE corresponding to the identification of the non-current UE.
  • the ECS can obtain the EES selected by UEl through multiple methods, and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the ECS can obtain the EES selected by UEl by logging in to the server.
  • ECS can send a request message to UEl.
  • the request message contains the service identifier of the service that UE2 accesses.
  • the request message is used to request UEl to report to ECS the service used when accessing the service corresponding to the service identifier. EES information.
  • the service provision response message may be called an edge platform discovery response message or may have other names. This application does not limit this.
  • the service provision response message includes the information of the selected EES.
  • the service provision response message may include information of one or more EESs, the one or more EESs including selected EESs, and the service provision response message may also include indication information, the indication information being used to indicate UE2 selects the selected EES.
  • the service provision response message only includes information about the selected EES.
  • UE2 After receiving the service provision response message, UE2 can obtain the information of the selected EES, and then request the selected EES to feed back the information of the EAS selected by UE1.
  • the selected EES determines the same EAS for UE2 as UE1. It should be noted that the above-mentioned S901 to S903 processes in the embodiment shown in Figure 9 are to discover the EES with UE1. In the case that the EES has been acquired by UE2, S901 to S903 do not need to be executed, that is, S901 to S903 The process is optional.
  • the EAS discovery request message is used to request to obtain information of one or more EASs from the selected EES, and the one or more EASs are used to provide application services for UE2.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes the identity of UE2, the identity of UE1, and the service identity of the required service.
  • the required service refers to the service that UE2 needs to obtain.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include fifth indication information, which is used to instruct the selected EES to feed back to UE2 the information of the EAS that provides the service corresponding to the service identifier that is the same as UE1.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate that UE2 has the requirement to select the same EAS as UE1 for the service.
  • the selected EES After receiving the EAS discovery request message sent by UE2, the selected EES can obtain the identity of UE2, the identity of UE1, and the service identity of the required service.
  • the selected EES can also obtain fifth indication information, which is used to indicate that UE2 has a requirement to select the same EAS as UE1.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes fifth indication information, and the selected EES determines to send the EAS selected by UE1 as the selected EAS to UE2 based on the fifth indication information and the identity of UE1.
  • the EAS discovery request message does not include the fifth indication information, and the selected EES determines to send the EAS selected by U1 as the selected EAS to UE2 according to the identity of U1.
  • the EES obtains that the EAS discovery request message contains the identification information of the non-current UE, and then the EES determines to allocate the same EAS to the current UE as the UE corresponding to the identification of the non-current UE.
  • the EES can obtain the EAS selected by UE1 through multiple methods, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the EES can obtain the EES selected by UE1 by logging in to the server.
  • EES may send a request message to UEl.
  • the request message contains the service identifier of the service that UE2 accesses.
  • the request message is used to request UEl to report to EES the information of the EAS that provides UEl with the service corresponding to the service identifier.
  • the EES sends an EAS discovery response message to the UE.
  • the EAS discovery response message may include information about one or more EASs, the one or more EASs including selected EASs, and the EAS discovery response message may also include indication information, the indication information being used to indicate UE2 selects the selected EAS.
  • the EAS discovery response message only includes information about the selected EES.
  • the EAS discovery response message includes information about the selected EAS.
  • the EAS discovery response message may include information of one or more EASs, and the one or more EASs include the selected EAS.
  • the UE After receiving the EAS discovery response message, the UE can obtain the information of the selected EAS.
  • the ECS can determine the EES for UE2 that is consistent with UE1 based on the identity and service identity of UE1 sent by UE2.
  • the EES can determine the EAS for UE2 that is consistent with UE1 based on the identity and service identity of UE1 sent by UE2. Therefore, this application
  • the technical solutions in the application embodiments help UE2 obtain the same application service experience as UE1.
  • the ECS can determine whether ACR needs to be performed for one or more UEs, thereby determining whether to discover the target EES for the one or more UEs.
  • the EES may also determine whether ACR needs to be performed for one or more UEs, thereby determining whether to discover the target EAS for the one or more UEs.
  • the EAS can also determine whether ACR needs to be performed for one or more UEs, and thereby perform the ACR process for the UEs.
  • one or more of the ECS, EES or EAS may determine whether to perform ACR for the UE, which will be described below with reference to Figures 11 to 16 .
  • the source EES (S-EES) and the source EAS (S-EAS) represent the EES and EAS that provide services for the UE before application context migration
  • the target EES (T-EES) and the target EAS ( T-EAS) represents the EES and EAS that provide services to the UE after the application context is migrated.
  • the target EES and target EAS may also have other names, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the detection of the application context migration event can be performed by the UE, the S-EES or S-EAS, or the T-EES or T-EAS, which will be described separately below.
  • UE1 connects to S-EAS and obtains edge computing services. In this way, before UE1 initiates ACR, EEC, ECS and S-EES have obtained the information of the UE list or the group ID of the UE group and the information contained in the UE group. The number of UEs.
  • UE1 detects and determines whether to initiate ACR.
  • the EEC or AC of UE1 detects events that trigger ACR and decides whether to perform ACR.
  • the basis for UE1's determination of whether to initiate ACR can refer to relevant standards.
  • the embodiments of this application do not improve this, and will not be described in detail here.
  • UE1 sends a service provision request message to the ECS.
  • UE1 When UE1 determines that ACR needs to be initiated in S1001, UE1 sends a service provision request message to the ECS.
  • the AC of UE1 requests edge computing services from the EEC through the EDGE-5 interface, requesting information such as discovering EAS and obtaining the address of the EAS; after receiving the request message sent by the AC, the EEC of UE sends a service provision request message to the ECS.
  • the service provision request message is used to request the ECS to discover T-EES.
  • the service provision request message may also be called an edge platform discovery request message or has other names. This application does not limit this.
  • the service provision request message may include information such as the identity of the UE and the location of the UE.
  • the service provision request message may also include a UE list or a group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs included in the UE group.
  • the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs included in the UE group can be sent by the AC to the EEC, and the EEC can then send them to the ECS; or they can also be obtained by the EEC through other methods and then sent to the ECS.
  • ECS determines whether to perform ACR.
  • the ECS After receiving the service provision request message sent by UE1, the ECS can obtain the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs in the UE group contained in the service provision request message. Based on the content of the service provision request message, the ECS determines whether it is necessary to reselect an EES for one or more UEs or one or more UEs in the UE group included in the UE list, that is, whether to perform application context migration.
  • the ECS can determine whether to reselect an EES for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the ECS determines whether all UEs in the UE list or UE group are based on certain rules. Select T-EES.
  • the ECS determines that more than a threshold number of UEs in the UE group have moved, or when the ECS determines that one or more UEs in the UE group are not suitable for connecting to the current EAS (for example, cannot connect to the current EAS) , the ECS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for all UEs in the UE group, that is, T-EES needs to be discovered.
  • the ECS determines that it is not suitable to select the same EES for all UEs in the UE group, or the ECS determines that all UEs in the UE group
  • the service performance provided by the edge data network to UEs in the UE list or UE group is poor.
  • the ECS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for the UE, that is, T-EES needs to be discovered.
  • the ECS determines whether to divide all UEs in the UE list or UE group into multiple groups based on certain rules, and selects T-EES for the moving one or more UEs.
  • the ECS can determine all UEs that require a service range as a group based on the required service range reported by one or more mobile UEs, and determine a same T-EES for the group of UEs.
  • the ECS when the ECS receives the service provision request message from the first UE in the UE list that requests to discover EES, the ECS provides the service scope for the first request to discover EES based on the required service scope contained in the service provision request message.
  • the UE determines an EES and uses the EES as the EES that provides services for the UEs in the UE list.
  • ECS sends a service provision response message to UE1.
  • This service provision response message may also be called an edge platform discovery response message, an EES discovery response message, or may have other names, and this application does not limit this.
  • the service provision response message includes T-EES information and the UE list.
  • the service provision response message may also include one or more of the following information: the group identifier of the UE group to which the UE belongs, the number of UEs included in the UE group, or the location information of all UEs in the UE group.
  • the location information of all UEs in the UE group can be obtained by ECS from the core network (5 generation core, 5GC).
  • the service provision response message may include information about multiple EESs, a UE list, and indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the selection of the multiple EESs. One of the EES.
  • the service when the ECS determines in S1003 that it is not necessary to reselect an EES for the UE or to initiate an ACR for the UE, the service provides a response message to indicate not to replace the EES or to request the discovery of a T-EES. fail.
  • the detection and triggering of ACR is performed by the UE, and the ECS determines whether to perform ACR for multiple terminal devices in the UE group.
  • ECS considers the status and information of multiple UEs in the UE group when determining whether to perform ACR, which is beneficial to determine an EES that is the same and applicable to multiple terminal devices.
  • FIG 11 introduces the execution process of ECS to determine whether to perform ACR. The following is explained in conjunction with Figure 12.
  • the S-EES detects and triggers the ACR event, and the ECS determines whether to perform ACR.
  • UE1 connects to the source EAS and obtains the edge computing service. In this way, before UE1 initiates ACR, the EEC, ECS and S-EES have obtained the UE list information or the group identity of the UE group and the UEs included in the UE group. Number of.
  • S1101, S-EES detects ACR events.
  • S-EES detects events that trigger ACR and decides whether to perform ACR.
  • the S-EES may also determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the S-EES can determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the S-EES determines whether to initiate ACR for all UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the S-EES determines that more than a threshold number of UEs in the UE group have moved, or when the S-EES determines that one or more UEs in the UE group are not suitable for connecting to the current EAS (for example, unable to connect to the current EAS EAS), the S-EES determines that application context migration needs to be performed for all UEs in the UE group.
  • S-EES determines that it is not suitable to select the same EAS for all UEs in the UE group, or S-EES determines that the UE group All UEs in the UE select the same EAS, and the service performance provided by the edge data network to UEs in the UE list or UE group is poor. In this case, S-EES determines that application context migration needs to be performed for the UE.
  • the S-EES determines whether to divide all UEs in the UE list or UE group into multiple groups based on certain rules, and initiates ACR for one or more moving UEs.
  • the S-EES may determine all UEs that require service ranges as a group based on the required service ranges reported by one or more mobile UEs.
  • S-EES sends an EES discovery request message to ECS.
  • S-EES determines that UE1 triggers ACR in S1101, S-EES sends the EES discovery request message to ECS.
  • the EES discovery request message includes the identity of UE1 served by the S-EES, the location information of UE1, the UE group identity of UE1, or a UE list containing UE1.
  • the EES discovery request message is used to request the ECS to discover T-EES for UE1.
  • the EES discovery request message may also include a required service range of UE1, which is a required application service range determined based on the location information of the UE.
  • the above-mentioned required service scope may be a level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district-level or municipal-level EES) or a specific geographical service scope (for example, the service scope is EAS in Beijing).
  • the EES discovery request message may also include indication information, which is used to indicate that EES is discovered for multiple UEs.
  • the instruction information may be an explicit instruction or an implicit instruction.
  • the indication information is an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the EES that needs to be discovered is used to provide application services for multiple UEs.
  • the indication information is an implicit indication
  • the implicit indication can be a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group.
  • the ECS obtains a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group, it can determine the EES user that needs to be discovered. To provide application services for multiple UEs.
  • the ECS determines whether to perform ACR.
  • the ECS does not need to perform the step of determining whether to perform ACR, that is, S1103 is optional.
  • the ECS After receiving the EES discovery request message, the ECS can obtain the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs in the UE group contained in the service provision request message. According to the content of the EES discovery request message, ECS determines that Whether it is necessary to reselect an EES for all UEs included in the UE list or for one or more UEs in the UE group, that is, whether to perform application context migration.
  • the ECS can determine whether to reselect an EES for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the ECS determines whether to select T-EES for all UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the ECS determines that more than a threshold number of UEs in the UE group have moved, or when the ECS determines that one or more UEs in the UE group are not suitable for connecting to the current EAS (for example, cannot connect to the current EAS) , the ECS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for all UEs in the UE group, that is, T-EES needs to be discovered.
  • the ECS determines that it is not suitable to select the same EES for all UEs in the UE group, or the ECS determines that all UEs in the UE group
  • the ECS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for the UE, that is, T-EES needs to be discovered.
  • the ECS determines whether to divide all UEs in the UE list or UE group into multiple groups based on certain rules, and selects T-EES for the moving one or more UEs.
  • the ECS can determine all UEs that require a service range as a group based on the required service range reported by one or more mobile UEs, and determine a same T-EES for the group of UEs.
  • ECS sends an EES discovery response message to S-EES.
  • the ECS After determining whether the EES needs to be reselected for the UE or some or all UEs in the UE list, the ECS sends an EES discovery response message to the S-EES.
  • EES discovery response message can also be carried in the EES discovery response message or other messages, and this application does not limit this.
  • the EES discovery response message includes T-EES information and the UE list.
  • the EES discovery response message may also include one or more of the following information: the group identifier of the UE group to which the UE belongs, the number of UEs included in the UE group, or the location information of all UEs in the UE group. , where the location information of all UEs in the UE group can be obtained by the ECS from the core network (5GC).
  • the group identifier of the UE group to which the UE belongs the number of UEs included in the UE group
  • the location information of all UEs in the UE group can be obtained by the ECS from the core network (5GC).
  • the EES discovery response message may include information about multiple EESs, a UE list, and indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the selection of the multiple EESs.
  • the EES is used to indicate the selection of the multiple EESs.
  • the S-EES After receiving the EES discovery response message sent by the ECS, the S-EES can obtain information about multiple EESs. In turn, the S-EES can determine a T-EES from multiple EESs based on the service scope required by the UE.
  • the S-EES can also select a T-EES based on the indication information after receiving the EES discovery response message.
  • the ECS determines in S1103 that there is no need to reselect an EES for the UE, or that there is no need to initiate ACR for the UE, then the EES discovery response message is used to indicate not to replace the EES or the request to discover the T-EES fails.
  • the detection and triggering of ACR is performed by S-EES, and the ECS determines whether to perform ACR for multiple terminal devices in the UE group.
  • ECS considers the status and information of multiple UEs in the UE group when determining whether to perform ACR, which is beneficial to determine an EES that is the same and applicable to multiple terminal devices.
  • UE1 connects to S-EAS and obtains edge computing services. In this way, before UE1 initiates ACR, EEC, ECS and S-EES have obtained the UE list information or the group identity of the UE group and the information contained in the UE group. The number of UEs.
  • S1201 S-EAS detects ACR events.
  • S-EAS detects events that trigger ACR and decides whether to perform ACR.
  • the S-EAS may also determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • S-EAS can determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • S-EAS determines whether to initiate ACR for all UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the S-EAS determines that more than a threshold number of UEs in the UE group have moved, or when the S-EAS determines that one or more UEs in the UE group are not suitable to connect to the current EAS (for example, cannot connect to the current EAS EAS), the S-EAS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for all UEs in the UE group.
  • the S-EAS determines that it is not suitable to select the same EAS for all UEs in the UE group, or the S-EAS determines that the UE group All UEs in the UE select the same EAS, and the service performance provided by the edge data network to UEs in the UE list or UE group is poor. In this case, the S-EAS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for the UE.
  • S-EAS determines whether to divide all UEs in the UE list or UE group into multiple groups based on certain rules, and initiates ACR for one or more moving UEs.
  • the S-EAS may determine all UEs that require service ranges as a group based on the required service ranges reported by one or more mobile UEs.
  • S-EAS sends an EAS discovery request message to S-EES.
  • the S-EAS determines that ACR needs to be performed in S1201
  • the S-EAS sends an EAS discovery request message to the S-EES.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes the UE's identity, the UE's location information, and the UE list.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes the identity of the UE, the location information of the UE, and the group identity of the UE group to which the UE belongs.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include the number of UEs included in the UE group.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include a required service range or indication information.
  • the required service range is a required service range determined based on the location information of the UE.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the ECS to select the UE in the UE group. For the same EES, this indication information can also be used to instruct the EES to select the same EAS for the UEs in the UE group.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include information about the UE's required service range, which is the required application service range determined based on the UE's location information.
  • the above-mentioned required service scope may be a level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district-level or municipal-level EES) or a specific geographical service scope (for example, the service scope is EAS in Beijing).
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate discovery of EAS for multiple UEs.
  • the instruction information may be an explicit instruction or an implicit instruction.
  • the indication information is an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the EAS that needs to be discovered is used to provide application services for multiple UEs.
  • the indication information is an implicit indication
  • the implicit indication may be a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group.
  • the S-EES obtains a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group, it can determine the UE that needs to be discovered.
  • EAS is used to provide application services to multiple UEs.
  • S1203 S-EES sends an EES discovery request message to ECS.
  • the S-EES may also determine whether it is necessary to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE group or UE list.
  • the specific judgment process is similar to the relevant description in S1101, and for the sake of simplicity, it will not be described again here.
  • the EES discovery request message includes the identity of the UE served by the source EES, the location information of the UE, the UE group identity of the UE, or a UE list containing the UE.
  • the EES discovery request message is used to request ECS to discover T-EES for the UE. .
  • the EES discovery request message may also include a required service range of the UE, which is a required application service range determined based on the location information of the UE.
  • the above-mentioned required service scope may be a level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district-level or municipal-level EES) or a specific geographical service scope (for example, the service scope is EAS in Beijing).
  • the ECS determines whether to perform ACR.
  • the ECS does not need to perform the step of determining whether to perform ACR, that is, S1204 is optional.
  • the ECS After receiving the EES discovery request message, the ECS can obtain the UE list or the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs in the UE group contained in the service provision request message. According to the content of the EES discovery request message, the ECS determines whether it is necessary to reselect an EES for all UEs included in the UE list or one or more UEs in the UE group, that is, whether to perform application context migration.
  • the ECS can determine whether to reselect an EES for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the ECS determines whether to select T-EES for all UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the ECS determines that more than a threshold number of UEs in the UE group have moved, or when the ECS determines that one or more UEs in the UE group are not suitable for connecting to the current EAS (for example, cannot connect to the current EAS) , the ECS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for all UEs in the UE group, that is, T-EES needs to be discovered.
  • the ECS determines that it is not suitable to select the same EES for all UEs in the UE group, or the ECS determines that all UEs in the UE group
  • the ECS determines that application context migration needs to be performed for the UE, that is, T-EES needs to be discovered.
  • the ECS determines whether to divide all UEs in the UE list or UE group into multiple groups based on certain rules, and selects T-EES for the moving one or more UEs.
  • the ECS can determine all UEs that require a service range as a group based on the required service range reported by one or more mobile UEs, and determine a same T-EES for the group of UEs.
  • ECS sends an EES discovery response message to S-EES.
  • the ECS After determining whether the EES needs to be reselected for the UE or some or all UEs in the UE list, the ECS sends an EES discovery response message to the S-EES.
  • EES discovery response message can also be carried in the EES discovery response message or other messages, and this application does not limit this.
  • the EES discovery response message includes T-EES information and the UE list.
  • the EES discovery response message may also include one or more of the following information: the group identifier of the UE group to which the UE belongs, the number of UEs included in the UE group, or the location information of all UEs in the UE group. , where the location information of all UEs in the UE group can be obtained by the ECS from the core network (5GC).
  • the group identifier of the UE group to which the UE belongs the number of UEs included in the UE group
  • the location information of all UEs in the UE group can be obtained by the ECS from the core network (5GC).
  • the EES discovery response message may include information about multiple EESs, a UE list, and indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the selection of the multiple EESs. One of the EES.
  • the S-EES After receiving the EES discovery response message sent by the ECS, the S-EES can obtain information about multiple EESs. In turn, the S-EES can determine a T-EES from multiple EESs based on the service scope required by the UE.
  • the S-EES can also select a T-EES based on the indication information after receiving the EES discovery response message.
  • the ECS determines in S1204 that it is not necessary to reselect an EES for the UE or to initiate an ACR for the UE, then the EES discovery response message is used to indicate not to replace the EES or the request to discover the T-EES fails.
  • the detection and triggering of ACR is performed by S-EAS, and the ECS determines whether to perform ACR for multiple terminal devices in the UE group.
  • ECS considers the status and information of multiple UEs in the UE group when determining whether to perform ACR, which is beneficial to determine an EES that is the same and applicable to multiple terminal devices.
  • FIG. 11 to 13 introduce the process of ECS determining whether to perform ACR.
  • the following describes the process of T-EES discovering T-EAS in conjunction with Figures 14 to 16. It should be noted that when the T-EES has been acquired by the UE or when the T-EES does not need to be replaced, the above process of determining the T-EES by the ECS does not need to be performed. In other words, for the T-EES to discover the T-EES - For the EAS or candidate ACR migration process, the above process of ECS discovering T-EES is optional.
  • the same T-EAS execution process is determined for multiple UEs in the UE group.
  • UE1 connects to S-EAS and obtains edge computing services. In this way, before UE1 initiates ACR, EEC, ECS and S-EES have obtained the UE list information or the group identity of the UE group and the information contained in the UE group. The number of UEs.
  • UE1 sends an EAS discovery request message to the T-EES.
  • UE1 Before UE1 sends the EAS discovery request message, UE1 has obtained the information of T-EES (such as the address information of T-EES). For example, as shown in Figure 11, UE1 can receive the service provision response message sent by ECS. Get information about T-EES.
  • the EAS discovery request message is used to request the T-EES to perform EAS discovery for the UE.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes information such as the UE list, the UE identity, and the UE location.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include location information of all UEs included in the UE list.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include indication information, which is used to instruct the T-EES to use the latest location information of the UE to perform the EAS discovery process.
  • This indication information can also be used to instruct the T-EES to obtain the location information of all UEs in the UE list from the core network or ECS or through other means.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs included in the UE group. Information.
  • T-EES determines T-EAS.
  • the T-EES After receiving the EAS discovery request message, the T-EES obtains the UE identity, UE location information and UE list contained in the EAS discovery request message. Based on the EAS discovery request message, the T-EES determines the T-EAS.
  • the T-EES may first determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the T-EES can determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the T-EES determines whether to initiate ACR for all UEs in the UE list or UE group based on certain rules.
  • the T-EES determines that application context migration needs to be performed for all UEs in the UE group.
  • the T-EES determines that it is not suitable to select the same EAS for all UEs in the UE group, or the T-EES determines that the UE group All UEs in the UE select the same EAS, and the service performance provided by the edge data network to UEs in the UE list or UE group is poor. In this case, T-EES determines that application context migration is required for the UE.
  • the T-EES determines whether to divide all UEs in the UE list or UE group into multiple groups based on certain rules, and initiates ACR for one or more moving UEs.
  • the T-EES may determine all UEs that require service ranges as a group based on the required service ranges reported by one or more mobile UEs.
  • the T-EES selects the T-EAS according to the UE identity in the UE list and the location information of the UE.
  • the location information of other UEs in the UE list is obtained by the T-EES from the core network (5GC).
  • the location information of other UEs among the UEs is included in the EAS discovery request message.
  • the T-EES determines that it is not appropriate to select the same EAS for all UEs in the UE list, or the T-EES determines that serving all UEs in the UE list by multiple EASs is beneficial to improving the UEs in the UE group. If the service performance obtained is obtained, the T-EES selects multiple T-EAS for all UEs in the UE list.
  • T-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to UE1.
  • the EAS discovery response message includes information such as identities of one or more T-EAS and addresses of one or more T-EAS.
  • T-EES may also send the group identifier of the UE group and the number of UEs in the UE group to UE1.
  • T-EES can also send the UE list to UE1.
  • T-EES can also send the group identifier of the UE group, the number of UEs in the UE group, and the UE list to UE1.
  • UE1 sends an ACR request message to S-EES or T-EES.
  • UE1 After receiving the EAS discovery response message, UE1 can obtain the identity of the T-EAS and the address of the T-EAS. After obtaining the above information, UE1 can request S-EES to perform ACR.
  • UE1 sends an ACR request message to S-EES.
  • the request message is used to request S-EES to perform ACR for the UE.
  • the ACR request message includes T-EAS information, T-EES information, the group identifier of the UE group or the UE list.
  • UE1 can also send an ACR request message to the T-EES to request the T-EES to perform ACR.
  • the EEC sends an ACR request message to the T-EES, and the request message is used to request the T-EES to perform ACR for the UE.
  • the ACR request message includes S-EAS information, S-EES information, the group identifier of the UE group or the UE list.
  • S-EES sends a notification message to S-EAS.
  • the notification message may include the identity of the UE and/or the UE list, and the notification message is used to notify the S-EAS to initiate application context migration for the UE or all UEs included in the UE list.
  • the S-EAS can obtain the identity of the UE and/or the UE list, and then the S-EAS initiates application context migration for the UE or all UEs in the UE list.
  • the notification message also includes indication information, which is used to instruct S-EAS to initiate application context migration for the UE or all UEs in the UE list.
  • the indication information can also be used to indicate that the application context migration is initiated for a certain UE first.
  • Application context migration is used to instruct S-EAS to initiate application context migration for the UE or all UEs in the UE list.
  • T-EES can send a notification message to T-EAS.
  • the notification message may include the identity of the UE and/or the UE list, and the notification message is used to notify the T-EAS to initiate application context migration for the UE or all UEs included in the UE list.
  • the T-EAS can obtain the identity of the UE and/or the UE list, and then the T-EAS initiates application context migration for the UE or all UEs in the UE list.
  • the notification message also includes indication information, which is used to instruct T-EAS to initiate application context migration for the UE or all UEs in the UE list.
  • the indication information can also be used to indicate that T-EAS initiates application context migration for a certain UE first. Application context migration.
  • S-EES sends an ACR response message to UE1.
  • the S-EES After receiving the ACR request message, the S-EES can obtain the information of the T-EES, the information of the T-EAS, and the group identifier of the UE group or the UE list.
  • the ACR response message is used to indicate in S1305 whether the S-EAS is successfully notified to initiate application context migration for this UE or all UEs included in the UE list.
  • T-EES can send an ACR response message to UE1.
  • S1307, S-EES, or S-EAS triggers ACR for the remaining UEs.
  • UE1 sends an ACR request message to T-EES in S1304, ACR is triggered for the remaining UEs in S1307, which can also be executed by T-EES or T-EAS.
  • S1308 The S-EES or T-EES sends a target information notification to the remaining UEs in the UE list.
  • the target information notification may include T-EES information and T-EAS information. After obtaining the T-EES information and T-EAS information, the remaining UEs in the UE list can directly request the T-EES and T-EAS to perform ACR without the need to detect the test piece that triggers ACR and determine whether ACR needs to be performed. .
  • the S-EES or T-EES sends the ACR completion notification message to the EEC after the application context migration is completed.
  • S1309, S-EES or S-EAS performs ACR for all UEs in the UE list.
  • T-EES or T-EAS performs ACR for all UEs in the UE list.
  • UE1 requests S-EES to perform ACR. After acquiring the information of T-EES and T-EAS, S-EES sends it to other UEs in the UE group and indicates that S-EAS is the UE in the UE group. Perform ACR.
  • the embodiments of the present application can improve the efficiency of performing ACR for multiple UEs and can reduce the communication signaling overhead of UEs in the process of performing ACR.
  • UE1 connects to S-EAS and obtains edge computing services. In this way, before UE1 initiates ACR, EEC, ECS and S-EES have obtained the UE list information or the group identity of the UE group and the information contained in the UE group. The number of UEs.
  • S1401 S-EES sends an EAS discovery request message to T-EES.
  • S-EES Before S-EES sends the EAS discovery request message, S-EES has obtained the information of T-EES (such as the address information of T-EES). For example, as shown in Figure 12, S-EES sends the message by receiving the ECS. The service provides a response message to obtain T-EES information.
  • the S-EES can also determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the specific process of S-EES judgment is similar to S1101. For details, please refer to S1101 and will not be described again here.
  • the EAS discovery request message is used to request the T-EES to perform EAS discovery for UE1.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes information such as the UE list, the identity of the UE, and the location information of the UE.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include location information of all UEs included in the UE list.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include indication information, which is used to instruct the T-EES to use the latest location information of the UE to perform the EAS discovery process.
  • This indication information can also be used to instruct the T-EES to obtain the location information of all UEs in the UE list from the core network or ECS or through other means.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include the group identifier of the UE group and information about the number of UEs included in the UE group.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include S-EES information and S-EAS information.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include information about the UE's required service range, which is the required application service range determined based on the UE's location information.
  • the above-mentioned required service scope may be a level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district-level or municipal-level EES) or a specific geographical service scope (for example, the service scope is EAS in Beijing).
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate discovery of EAS for multiple UEs.
  • the instruction information may be an explicit instruction or an implicit instruction.
  • the indication information is an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the EAS that needs to be discovered is used to provide application services for multiple UEs.
  • the indication information is an implicit indication
  • the implicit indication may be a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group.
  • the T-EES obtains a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group, it can determine the UE that needs to be discovered.
  • EAS is used to provide application services to multiple UEs.
  • T-EES determines T-EAS.
  • S1402 The execution process of S1402 is similar to S1302. For details, please refer to S1302. For the sake of brevity, no details are given here.
  • T-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to S-EES.
  • the EAS discovery response message includes information such as identities of one or more T-EAS and addresses of one or more T-EAS.
  • S1404 S-EES sends target information notification to UE1.
  • the target information notification may include T-EES information and T-EAS information.
  • S1405, S-EES, or S-EAS triggers ACR for the remaining UEs.
  • the EAS discovery request message sent by the S-EES contains the information of the S-EES and the information of the S-EAS, then in S1405, ACR is triggered for the remaining UEs, which can also be executed by the T-EES or T-EAS.
  • S1406 The S-EES or T-EES sends a target information notification to the remaining UEs in the UE list.
  • the target information notification may include T-EES information and T-EAS information. After obtaining the T-EES information and T-EAS information, the remaining UEs in the UE list can directly request the T-EES and T-EAS to perform ACR without the need to detect the test piece that triggers ACR and determine whether ACR needs to be performed. .
  • the S-EES or T-EES sends the ACR completion notification message to the EEC after the application context migration is completed.
  • S1407, S-EES or S-EAS performs ACR for all UEs in the UE group.
  • the T-EES or T-EAS can perform ACR for all UEs in the UE group.
  • the S-EES obtains the T-EAS information from the T-EES and sends it to the UEs in the UE group, and instructs the S-EAS to perform ACR for the UEs in the UE group.
  • the embodiments of the present application can improve the efficiency of performing ACR for multiple UEs and can reduce the communication signaling overhead of UEs in the process of performing ACR.
  • UE1 connects to S-EAS and obtains edge computing services. In this way, before UE1 initiates ACR, EEC, ECS and S-EES have obtained the UE list information or the group identity of the UE group and the information contained in the UE group. The number of UEs.
  • S1501 S-EES sends an EAS discovery request message to T-EES.
  • S-EES When S-EES receives the EAS discovery request message sent by S-EAS, S-EES will execute the execution process shown in Figure 13. Through this execution process, S-EES can obtain the information of T-EES, and in response to the EAS discovery request sent by S-EAS, S-EES sends an EAS discovery request message to T-EES.
  • the S-EES can also determine whether to initiate ACR for one or more UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • the specific process of S-EES judgment is similar to S1101. For details, please refer to S1101 and will not be described again here.
  • the EAS discovery request message is used to request the T-EES to perform EAS discovery for the UE.
  • the EAS discovery request message includes information such as the UE list, the identity of the UE, and the location information of the UE.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include location information of all UEs included in the UE list.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include indication information, which is used to instruct the T-EES to use the latest location information of the UE to perform the EAS discovery process.
  • This indication information can also be used to instruct the T-EES to obtain the location information of all UEs in the UE list from the core network or ECS or through other means.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include the group identifier of the UE group and information about the number of UEs included in the UE group.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include S-EES information and S-EAS information.
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include information about the UE's required service range, which is the required application service range determined based on the UE's location information.
  • the above-mentioned required service scope may be a level of EES or EAS service scope (for example, district-level or municipal-level EES) or a specific geographical service scope (for example, the service scope is EAS in Beijing).
  • the EAS discovery request message may also include indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate discovery of EAS for multiple UEs.
  • the instruction information may be an explicit instruction or an implicit instruction.
  • the indication information is an explicit indication, that is, it directly indicates that the EAS that needs to be discovered is used to provide application services for multiple UEs.
  • the indication information is an implicit indication
  • the implicit indication may be a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group.
  • the T-EES obtains a UE list or a group identifier of a UE group, it can determine the UE that needs to be discovered.
  • EAS is used to provide application services to multiple UEs.
  • T-EES determines T-EAS.
  • S1502 The execution process of S1502 is similar to S1302. For details, please refer to S1302. For the sake of brevity, no details are given here.
  • T-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to S-EES.
  • the EAS discovery response message includes information such as identities of one or more T-EAS and addresses of one or more T-EAS.
  • S-EES sends an EAS discovery response message to S-EAS.
  • the EAS discovery response message includes information such as identities of one or more T-EAS and addresses of one or more T-EAS.
  • S-EAS may also determine whether it is necessary to perform ACR for multiple UEs.
  • the specific judgment process is similar to the relevant description in S1202. For details, please refer to S1202 and will not be described again here.
  • S-EAS sends a T-EAS selection declaration message to S-EES.
  • the T-EAS selected declaration (selected T-EAS declaration request) message includes the information of the selected T-EAS, the UE list or the group identification of the UE group.
  • the T-EAS selection declaration message also includes indication information, which is used to instruct the S-EES to trigger the execution of ACR for other UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • S-EES sends a T-EAS selection declaration response message to S-EAS.
  • the T-EAS selected declaration response (selected T-EAS declaration response) message is used to indicate whether the S-EAS can trigger the execution of ACR for other UEs in the UE list or UE group.
  • S1507, S-EES or S-EAS triggers ACR for the remaining UEs.
  • EAS discovery request message sent by S-EES in S1501 contains S-EES information and S-EAS information
  • ACR is triggered for the remaining UEs in S1507, which can also be executed by T-EES or T-EAS.
  • S1508 The S-EES or T-EES sends a target information notification message to the remaining UEs in the UE list.
  • the target information notification may include T-EES information and T-EAS information. After obtaining the T-EES information and T-EAS information, the remaining UEs in the UE list can directly request the T-EES and T-EAS to perform ACR without the need to detect the test piece that triggers ACR and determine whether ACR needs to be performed. .
  • the S-EES or T-EES sends the ACR completion notification message to the EEC after the application context migration is completed.
  • S1509, S-EES or S-EAS performs ACR for all UEs in the UE list.
  • the process of performing ACR for the UE in S1509 can also be completed by T-EES or T-EAS. .
  • S-EES obtains the information of multiple EASs from T-EES and sends it to S-EAS.
  • S-EAS selects T-EAS and sends it to S-EES, and then S-EES sends the T-EAS information to S-EES.
  • the information is sent to the UEs in the UE group and instructs S-EAS to perform ACR for the UEs in the UE group.
  • the embodiments of the present application can improve the efficiency of performing ACR for multiple UEs and can reduce the communication signaling overhead of UEs in the process of performing ACR.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which can have the functions of the configuration server, enabling server or terminal device or first entity in the above method embodiments, And can be used to perform the steps performed by the configuration server or the enabling server or the function of the terminal device or the first entity in the above method embodiment.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by software or hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device 1700 shown in Figure 17 can serve as the configuration server involved in the above method embodiment, and perform the steps performed by the configuration server in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720, and the above transceiver unit 1710 and the processing unit 1720 are coupled to each other.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to communicate, for example, performing S201, S203, S401, S403, S501, S503, S601 in Figures 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, etc. , S603, S701, S703, S801, S803, S804, S901 and S903 are sending and/or receiving actions performed by the configuration server.
  • the processing unit 1720 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, such as performing S202 in Figures 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10, etc. , S302, S402, S502, S602, S702, S802 and S902 and other processing actions performed by the configuration server.
  • the communication device 1700 shown in Figure 17 can serve as the enabling server involved in the above method embodiment, and perform the steps performed by the enabling server in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720, and the transceiver unit 1710 and the processing unit 1720 are coupled to each other.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 can be used to support the communication device 1700 to communicate, for example, performing S101, S103, S301, S303, S304, etc. in Figure 2, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9 and Figure 10, etc.
  • S305, S401, S403, S504, S604, S704, S805 and S904 are sending and/or receiving actions performed by the enabling server.
  • the processing unit 1720 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to perform processing actions in the above method embodiments, such as performing S102, S302, S302, etc. in FIG. 2, FIG. 4, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8, FIG. S505, S605, S705, S807 and S905 are processing actions performed by the enabling server.
  • the communication device 1700 shown in Figure 17 can serve as the terminal device involved in the above method embodiment, and perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720, and the transceiver unit 1710 and the processing unit 1720 are coupled to each other.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to communicate, for example, S101, S201, S501, S701, S801 and S901 in FIGS. 2, 3, 6, 8, 9 and 10 are executed by the terminal device. The action of sending and/or receiving.
  • the processing unit 1720 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, such as performing the selection enabling server or application server in Figures 6, 8, 9, 10, etc. performed by the terminal device. Process actions.
  • the communication device 1700 shown in Figure 17 can serve as the first entity involved in the above method embodiment, and perform the steps performed by the first entity in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720, and the transceiver unit 1710 and the processing unit 1720 are coupled to each other.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to communicate, for example, performing S601, S604, S1002, S1102, S1203, S1304, S1401, S1501, S1504, S1506 and other sending and/or receiving actions performed by the first entity.
  • the processing unit 1720 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, such as performing S1001, S1101, S1307, S1405 and S1507 in Figure 11, Figure 12, Figure 14, and Figure 15. A processing action performed by an entity.
  • the communication device 1700 shown in Figure 17 can serve as the application server involved in the above method embodiment, and perform the steps performed by the application server in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1700 may include a transceiver unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720, and the transceiver unit 1710 and the processing unit 1720 are coupled to each other.
  • the transceiver unit 1710 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to communicate, for example, perform S301, S305, S706, S1202, S1305, S1506, etc. in FIGS. /or received action.
  • the processing unit 1720 may be used to support the communication device 1700 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, such as performing S1201, S1307, S1405 and S1507 in Figures 13, 14, 15, 16, etc. performed by the application server. Process actions.
  • the communication device 1700 may also include a storage unit 1730 for storing program codes and data of the communication device 1700 .
  • Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 includes: at least one processor 1810 and a transceiver 1820.
  • the processor 1810 is coupled to the memory and is used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver 1820 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • the communication device 1800 further includes a memory 1830 for storing instructions.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1810 and memory 1830 can be combined into one processing device, and the processor 1810 is used to execute the program code stored in the memory 1830 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 1830 may also be integrated in the processing 1810 or independent of the processor 1810.
  • transceiver 1820 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the transceiver 1820 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the transceiver 1820 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit.
  • the chip When the communication device 1800 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the communication device in the above method embodiment are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code for implementing the method executed by the communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • computer program code for implementing the method executed by the communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which includes a processor for reading instructions stored in a memory.
  • the processor executes the instruction, the chip implements the method of discovering an application server in the above method embodiment.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种发现应用服务器的方法和装置，该方法包括：配置服务器接收第一请求消息，该第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器，该使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务；配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定目标使能服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备；配置服务器发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括目标使能服务器的信息。通过结合终端设备群组的信息来发现应用服务器，本申请提供的发现应用服务器的方法和装置，有利于为多个终端设备选择一个相同的应用服务器，有利于多个终端设备在获取相同应用服务时获得相同的应用服务体验。

Description

发现应用服务器的方法和装置
本申请要求于2022年03月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210326136.6、发明名称为“发现应用服务器的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，更具体地，涉及一种发现应用服务器的方法和装置。
背景技术
独立组网(standalone，SA)6标准中，不同的边缘应用服务器(edge application server，EAS)可以为不同的应用客户端提供相同的应用服务。在一些场景下，运行在不同的终端设备上的应用客户端在获取同一应用服务时可能会具有应用服务水平相近或相同的需求(如时延需求相同等)，以使得多个应用客户端上的应用服务体验一致。如何执行EAS的发现流程以使得多个终端设备获取相同应用服务时能够得到相似的应用服务体验是亟需解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种发现应用服务器的方法和装置，该方法可以用于为多个终端设备确定相同的边缘应用服务器，有利于多个终端设备上的应用客户端获得相同的应用服务体验。
第一方面，提供了一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：配置服务器接收第一请求消息，该第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器，该使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务；该配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定使能服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备；该配置服务器发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括使能服务器的信息。
这里第一响应消息中包括的使能服务器是指为多个终端设备提供服务的一个使能服务器。该第一响应消息中也可以包括其他的使能服务器，当第一响应消息中包括多个使能服务器时，终端设备需要从该多个使能服务器中选择一个用于为终端设备提供服务，这种情况下，终端设备选择的一个使能服务器即为用于为该多个终端设备提供服务的使能服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定使能服务器，包括：配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定第一终端设备属于终端设备群组；配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定终端设备群组的使能服务器；配置服务器确定为终端设备群组提供服务的使能服务器为第一终端设备确定的使能服务器。
对于上述终端设备群组中第一个请求发现使能服务器的终端设备，当该终端设备发送的第一请求消息中包含终端设备群组的信息，且配置服务器本地未保存该终端设备群组的信息，配置服务器会保存该终端设备群组的信息。
本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法中，配置服务器通过多个终端设备组成的终 端设备群组的信息来确定为该终端设备群组提供服务的使能服务器。相比于仅考虑一个终端设备的信息确定一个使能服务器的方法，本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法有利于配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器。由于注册在同一个使能服务器上的应用服务器的数量是确定的，因而由同一个使能服务器发现应用服务器，可以提高为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的机率，即本申请提供的发现应用服务器的方法也有利于为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该群组信息通过第一请求消息发送至配置服务器。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该群组信息由配置服务器通过核心网网元获取等其他方式获取。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识终端设备群组；
当终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表时，配置服务器可以首先根据该终端设备列表和第一终端设备的设备标识确定第一终端设备是否包含在该终端设备列表中。如果确定该第一终端设备包含在终端设备列表中，则配置服务器可以获取到第一终端设备需要选择与终端设备群组中的其他终端设备相同的使能服务器的需求，从而再执行使能服务器的发现或其他确定使能服务器的操作。如果确定该第一终端设备不包含在终端设备列表中，则配置服务器为该第一终端设备执行常规的使能服务器发现流程。
这里需要说明的是，对于终端设备群组中的第一个请求发现使能服务器的终端设备，配置服务器在未获取终端设备群组的信息的情况下，无法对终端设备的身份进行确认，配置服务器可以执行常规的使能服务器发现流程，发现一个或多个使能服务器，在这种情况下，上述配置服务器确定的使能服务器即为该一个或多个使能服务器，第一响应消息中包含的也即该一个或多个使能服务器，第一终端设备可以从该一个或多个使能服务器中选择一个使能服务器用于为第一终端设备提供服务，并将该使能服务器的信息发送至配置服务器。配置服务器接收并保存该第一个终端设备选择的使能服务器的信息，进而在后续获取到终端设备群组的信息时，将该保存的使能服务器的信息发送至与第一个终端设备属于同一终端设备群组的其他终端设备。
本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法在为第一终端设备执行使能服务器发现流程前，先对第一终端设备的身份进行确认，有利于提高配置服务器为多个终端确定一个相同的使能服务器的效率，从而也有利于提高为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的效率。
当终端设备群组的信息包含终端设备群组的群组标识时，配置服务器在接收到第一请求消息后，若获取到第一请求消息中包含的终端设备群组的群组标识，则可以直接利用该群组标识确认第一终端设备是否属于终端设备群组，从而确定该第一终端设备是否具有选择与终端设备群组中的其他终端设备相同的使能服务器的需求。
由于群组标识包含的数据量相对较小，将该群组标识包含在第一请求消息中在一定程度上不会导致第一请求消息的数据量过大，有利于保障第一请求消息的传输效率。在配置服务器根据群组标识对第一终端设备进行确认时，也有利于配置服务器对第一请求消息的处理效率，从而有利于进一步提高配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器 的效率，同样，也有利于进一步提高为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的效率。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息和/或业务标识，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于标识多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括多个终端设备的位置信息时，配置服务器在为多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器时，可以结合不同终端设备所处的地理位置来确定。若使能服务器与其服务的多个终端设备的距离之间相近，则使能服务器为多个终端设备提供服务的时延可以认为时相近的。相对于不考虑多个终端设备所处地理位置的情况，有利于确定一个与不同终端设备通信时延相近的使能服务器。
因而，本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法，有利于配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的使能服务器。由于注册在使能服务器上的应用服务器是确定的，因而，本申请提供的发现应用服务器的方法也有利于为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的应用服务器。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括多个终端设备需要获取的业务信息时，配置服务器可以在确认第一终端设备的身份的同时确认终端设备需要获取的业务。由于不同应用服务器可以提供不同类型的应用服务，因而在确定同一个使能服务器时结合终端设备需要获取的业务来确定，有利于配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的使能服务器，从而也有利于为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的应用服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一请求消息包括终端设备群组的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一响应消息包括多个使能服务器的信息，多个使能服务器包括使能服务器；该配置服务器接收使能服务器的信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一请求消息包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，该第一发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现使能服务器，第二发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需要的服务范围，该配置服务器根据第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息确定使能服务器。
该第一发现信息可以为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务，该第一发现信息也可以为隐性的指示，例如该第一发现信息为终端设备列表，则配置服务器在接收第一请求消息后也可以识别被请求发现的使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务。
在第一请求消息中包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息的情况下，配置服务器还可以根据如下方式来确定使能服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，配置服务器可以接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第一请求消息，则配置服务器可以根据群组中所有终端设备的信息(如终端设备的位置信息)来确定使能服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，配置服务器未接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第一请求消息，则配置服务器可以根据已经发送第一请求消息的终端设备的信息来确定一个使能服务器，并将该使能服务器的信息和终端设备列表和/或群组标识相关联，当后续同一个终端设备列表或具有相同群组标识的终端设备请求发现使能服务器时，配置服务器可以将该保存的使能服务器的信息发送至后续的终端设备。
本技术方案中，终端设备发送给配置服务器的第一请求消息中，包含指示信息，配置服务器在获取该指示信息后可以根据第一发现信息确认需要为多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器，根据第二发现信息可以确定满足多个终端设备服务范围需要的使能服务器。本技术方案的实施有利于提高配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器的效率，有利于配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的使能服务器，有利于提高多个终端设备的服务体验。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一响应消息还包括第一上报指示信息，该第一上报指示信息用于指示向配置服务器发送使能服务器的信息。
当第一响应消息中包括多个使能服务器时，第一终端设备需要从该多个使能服务器中选择一个使能服务器为第一终端设备提供服务。在第一响应消息中包括指示上报终端设备选择的使能服务器的指示信息，可以使得配置服务器获取到为该终端设备群组确定的使能服务器。当该终端设备群组中的其他终端设备来向配置服务器请求确定使能服务器时，配置服务器可以直接将第一终端设备上报的使能服务器的信息发送至其他终端设备。
相对于通过其他途径获取第一终端设备选择的使能服务器的信息的方式，由第一终端设备选择后直接发送至配置服务器，有利于提高配置服务器获取该使能服务器信息的准确性，也有利于配置服务器为多个终端设备确定同一个使能服务器的效率。从而，也有利于提高为多个终端设备确定同一个应用服务器的效率。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，该第二上报指示信息用于指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
当第一响应消息中包括指示上报终端设备选择的应用服务器的信息至使能服务器时，终端设备在从多个应用服务器中选择出应用服务器后，会将该应用服务器的信息发送至使能服务器。使能服务器在获取该应用服务器的信息后可以直接将该应用服务器的信息发送至终端设备群组中的其他终端设备，无需再向终端设备发送请求消息来获取该应用服务器。
由于该第二上报指示信息是由配置服务器包含在第二响应消息中的，并用于指示终端设备选择应用服务器的流程，从而本技术方案的实施有利于减少使能服务器与终端设备之间通信信令的消耗。
需要说明的是，上述第一上报指示信息和第二上报指示信息可以是两个不同的信元，或者也可以是同一个信元。
示例性地，信元“上报指示”的取值可以为：00、01、10和11。其中，取值为00时表示该上报指示信息为空，即不包含任何上报指示；取值为01时表示需要向配置服务器发送选择的使能服务器(即第一上报指示信息的含义)；取值为10时表示需要向使能服务器发送选择的应用服务器(即第二上报指示信息的含义)；取值为11时表示既需要向配置服务器发送选择的使能服务器，也需要向使能服务器发送选择的应用服务器(同时包括第一上报指示和第二上报指示的含义)。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一响应消息中还包括第三上报指示信息，该第三上报指示信息用于指示向配置服务器发送使能服务器的信息，该第三上报指示信息还用于指示向该使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该配置服务器向使能服务器发送选择 指示信息，该选择指示信息用于指示该使能服务器为多个终端设备选择同一个应用服务器。
本技术方案中，配置服务器直接指示使能服务器为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备选择同一个应用服务器。使能服务器在接收该选择指示信息后，可以将该指示信息包含的内容作为为该终端设备群组中的终端设备确定应用服务器的校验的依据。相比于使能服务器从终端设备接收该校验依据的方式，有利于减少使能服务器与终端设备之间通信的信令消耗，有利于提高使能服务器为多个终端设备确定相同应用服务器的效率。
第二方面，提供了一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：使能服务器接收第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于请求发现应用服务器，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务；该使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定应用服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备；该使能服务器发送第二响应消息，该第二响应消息包括应用服务器的信息。
这里第二响应消息中包括的应用服务器是指为多个终端设备提供应用服务的一个应用服务器。该第二响应消息中也可以包括其他的应用服务器，当第二响应消息中包括多个应用服务器时，终端设备需要从该多个应用服务器中选择一个用于为终端设备提供应用服务，这种情况下，终端设备选择的一个应用服务器即为用于为该多个终端设备提供应用服务的应用服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定应用服务器，包括：使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定第一终端设备设备属于终端设备群组；使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定为终端设备群组提供应用服务的应用服务器；使能服务器确定为终端设备群组提供应用服务的应用服务器为第一终端设备提供应用服务的应用服务器。
对于上述终端设备群组中第一个请求发现应用服务器的终端设备，当该终端设备发送的第二请求消息中包含终端设备群组的信息，且使能服务器本地未保存该终端设备群组的信息，使能服务器会保存该终端设备群组的信息。
本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法中，使能服务器通过多个终端设备组成的终端设备群组的信息来确定为该终端设备群组提供应用服务的应用服务器。相比于仅考虑一个终端设备的信息确定一个应用服务器的方法，本技术方案有利于使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识该终端设备群组。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括终端设备列表，使能服务器可以首先根据该终端设备列表和第一终端设备的设备标识确定第一终端设备是否包含在该终端设备列表中。如果确定该第一终端设备包含在终端设备列表中，则使能服务器可以获取到第一终端设备需要选择与终端设备群组中的其他终端设备相同的应用服务器的需求，从而再执行应用服务器的发现或其他确定应用服务器的操作。如果确定该第一终端设备不包含在终端设备列表中，则使能服务器执行常规的应用服务器发现操作。
这里需要说明的是，对于终端设备群组中的第一个请求发现应用服务器的终端设备，使能服务器在未获取终端设备群组的信息的情况下，无法对终端设备的身份进行确认，使能服务器可以执行常规的应用服务器发现流程，发现一个或多个应用服务器，在这种情况 下，上述使能服务器确定的应用服务器即为该一个或多个应用服务器，第二响应消息中包含的也即该一个或多个应用服务器，第一终端设备可以从该一个或多个应用服务器中选择一个应用服务器用于为第一终端设备提供应用服务，并将该应用服务器的信息发送至使能服务器。使能服务器接收并保存该第一个终端设备选择的应用服务器的信息，进而在后续获取到终端设备群组的信息时，将该保存的应用服务器的信息发送至与第一个终端设备属于同一终端设备群组的其他终端设备。
本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法在为第一终端设备执行应用服务器发现流程前，先对第一终端设备的身份进行确认，有利于提高使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的效率。
当终端设备群组的信息包含终端设备群组的群组标识时，使能服务器在接收第二请求消息后，使能服务器在接收第二请求消息后，若获取到第二请求消息中包含的终端设备群组的群组标识，则可以直接利用该群组标识确认第一终端设备是否属于终端设备群组，从而确定该第一终端设备是否具有选择与终端设备群组中的其他终端设备相同的应用服务器的需求。
由于群组标识包含的数据量相对较小，将该群组标识包含在第二请求消息中在一定程度上不会导致第二请求消息的数据量过大，有利于保障第二请求消息的传输效率。在使能服务器根据群组标识对第一终端设备进行确认时，也有利于使能服务器对第二请求消息的处理效率，从而有利于进一步提高使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的效率。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息和/或业务标识，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于标识多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括多个终端设备的位置信息时，使能服务器在为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器时，可以结合不同终端设备所处的地理位置来确定。相对于不考虑多个终端设备所处地理位置的情况，有利于确定一个与不同终端设备通信时延相近的应用服务器。本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法，有利于使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的应用服务器。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括多个终端设备需要获取的业务信息时，使能服务器可以在确认第一终端设备的身份的同时确认终端设备需要获取的业务。由于不同应用服务器可以提供不同类型的应用服务，因而在确定同一个应用服务器是结合终端设备需要获取的业务来确定，有利于使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的应用服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二请求消息包括终端设备群组的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二响应消息包括多个应用服务器的信息，该多个应用服务器包括应用服务器；该使能服务器接收应用服务器的信息。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第二请求消息包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，该第三发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现应用服务器，第四发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需求的应用服务范围，该使能服务器根据第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息确定应用服务器。
该第三发现信息可以为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的应用服务器用于为多个终 端设备提供服务，该第三发现信息也可以为隐性的指示，例如该第三发现信息为终端设备列表，则使能服务器在接收第二请求消息后也可以识别被请求发现的应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
在第二请求消息中包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息的情况下，使能服务器还可以根据如下方式来确定应用服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，使能服务器可以接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第二请求消息，则使能服务器可以根据群组中所有终端设备的信息(如终端设备的位置信息)来确定应用服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，使能服务器未接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第二请求消息，则使能服务器可以根据已经发送第二请求消息的终端设备的信息来确定一个应用服务器，并将该应用服务器的信息和终端设备列表和/或群组标识相关联，当后续同一个终端设备列表或具有相同群组标识的终端设备请求发现应用服务器时，使能服务器可以将该保存的应用服务器的信息发送至后续的终端设备。
本技术方案中，第二请求消息中可以包含终端设备的发现信息，当使能服务器接收该指示信息后，可以根据第三指示信息确认需要为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器，根据第四指示信息可以为多个终端设备确定一个能够满足多个终端设备应用服务需要的应用服务器。本技术方案的实施有利于提高使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的效率，有利于使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的应用服务器。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第二响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，该第二上报指示信息用于指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息。
当第二响应消息中包括指示终端设备上报选择的应用服务器的信息的指示时，终端设备在从多个应用服务器中选择出应用服务器后，会将该应用服务器的信息发送至使能服务器。使能服务器在获取该应用服务器的信息后可以直接将该应用服务器的信息发送至终端设备群组中的其他终端设备，无需再向终端设备发送请求消息来获取该应用服务器。因而，本技术方案的实施，有利于提高使能服务器为多个终端设备确定一个相同的应用服务器的效率。
第三方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：配置服务器接收第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于请求发现目标使能服务器，该目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；该配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；该配置服务器发送第三响应消息，该第三响应消息用于指示是否为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
说要进一步说明的是，这里第三请求消息具体用于请求为终端设备群组中的某一个终端设备或者为终端设备群组中的所有终端设备发现目标使能服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移，包括：配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定第一终端设备属于终端设备群组；配置服务器根据终端设备群组中终端设备获取应用服务的状态确定是否执行应用上下文迁移；根据终端设备群组的信息确定为终端设备群组提供服务的使能服务器；确定为终端设备群组提供服务的使能服务器为目标使能服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第三请求消息还包括该终端设备群组的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三响应消息包括目标使能服务器的信息，在这种情况下，该第三响应消息指示请求发现目标使能服务器成功。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第三响应消息包括指示信息，该指示信息指示请求发现目标使能服务器失败。可选地，这种情况下，第三响应消息中可以包括当前为终端设备服务的使能服务器的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第三请求消息包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，该第一发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现使能服务器，第二发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需要的服务范围，该配置服务器根据第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息确定使能服务器。
该第一发现信息可以为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务，该第一发现信息也可以为隐性的指示，例如该第一发现信息为终端设备列表，则配置服务器在接收第一请求消息后也可以识别被请求发现的使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，配置服务器确定需要为终端设备群组中的一个或多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
本技术方案中，配置服务器接收的第三请求消息中包含了第一终端设备的设备标识和第一终端设备的当前位置的位置信息。配置服务器根据第三请求消息的内容发送第三响应消息以确定是否需要为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。相比于只对第一终端设备执行上下文迁移的情况，本申请提供的技术方案，有利于配置服务器在确定为终端设备群组终端一个终端设备执行上下文迁移时，为该终端设备群组中的多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器。
此外，配置服务器通过多个终端设备组成的终端设备群组的信息来确定是否为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。相比于仅考虑一个终端设备的信息确定是否执行应用上下文迁移的情况，本技术方案有利于配置服务器在应用上下文迁移的处理流程中为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识终端设备群组。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括终端设备列表，配置服务器可以首先根据该终端设备列表和第一终端设备的设备标识确定第一终端设备是否包含在该终端设备列表中。如果确定该第一终端设备包含在终端设备列表中，则配置服务器可以获取到第一终端设备需要选择与终端设备群组中的其他终端设备相同的使能服务器的需求，从而再为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。如果确定该第一终端设备不包含在终端设备列表中，则配置服务器执行常规的使能服务器发现操作。
本技术方案提供的发现应用服务器的方法在为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移前，先对第一终端设备的身份进行确认，有利于提高为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的准确性，减小因一个终端设备的应用上下文迁移带来的对其他终端设备的应用服务的影响。
当终端设备群组的信息包含终端设备群组的群组标识时，配置服务器在接收第三请求后，配置服务器在接收第三请求消息后，若获取到第三情况消息中包含的终端设备群组的 群组标识，则可以直接利用该群组标识确认第一终端设备是否属于终端设备群组，从而确定该第一终端设备是否具有选择与终端设备群组中的其他终端设备相同的使能服务器的需求。
由于群组标识包含的数据量相对较小，将该群组标识包含在第三请求消息中在一定程度上不会导致第三请求消息的数据量过大，有利于保障第三请求消息的传输效率。在配置服务器根据群组标识对第一终端设备进行确认时，也有利于配置服务器对第三请求消息的处理效率。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息。
当终端设备群组的信息中包括多个终端设备的位置信息，配置服务器可以结合第一终端设备的当前位置的位置信息和终端设备群组中其他终端设备的位置信息，确定不同终端设备的确定新的使能服务器后的服务状态，从而有利于配置服务器为多个终端设备确定一个更加合适的使能服务器，有利于减少终端设备的上下文迁移事件对终端设备群组中的其他终端设备获取服务的不利影响。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在配置服务器确定为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的情况下，第三响应消息包括目标使能服务器的信息；该第三响应消息还包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于表示包括多个终端设备的终端设备群组。
当确定为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移时，配置服务器直接将应用上下文迁移后的使能服务器的信息发送至终端设备，终端设备可以直接向该目标使能服务器请求获取应用上下文迁移后的目标应用服务器。
在第三响应消息中包括终端设备列表，终端设备根据该终端设备列表可以确定该目标使能服务器为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备提供服务的使能服务器，从而确定配置服务器为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行了上下文迁移。
本技术方案的实施有利于终端设备根据第三响应消息的内容确定应用上下文迁移请求是否成功，有利于终端设备确定获取的使能服务器是否为针对终端设备群组中的多个终端设备选择的使能服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第三响应消息还包括群组标识和/或位置信息，该群组标识用于表示终端设备群组，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息。
第四方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：使能服务器接收第四请求消息，该第四请求消息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该第四请求消息用于为该多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；该使能服务器为该多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第四请求消息包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，该第三发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现应用服务器，第四发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需求的应用服务范围，该使能服务器根据第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息确定应用服务器。
该第三发现信息可以为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的应用服务器用于为多个终 端设备提供服务，该第三发现信息也可以为隐性的指示，例如该第三发现信息为终端设备列表，则使能服务器在接收第二请求消息后也可以识别被请求发现的应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，使能服务器确定需要为终端设备群组中的一个或多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
在第四请求消息中包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，使能服务器在接收第四请求消息后可以根据该终端设备列表和/或群组标识确定需要为多个终端设备选择同一个应用服务器，从而有利于提高使能服务器处理应用服务器发现请求的效率。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该使能服务器向应用服务器发送第一通知消息，该第一通知消息包括终端设备列表，该第一通知消息用于通知应用服务器为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通知消息还用于通知应用服务器先为第一终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
本技术方案中，使能服务器将需要为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的需求发送至应用服务器，应用服务器在接收该通知消息后可以确定需要执行应用上下文迁移的终端设备的信息，从而，应用服务器可以结合终端设备应用服务的状态，确定执行应用上下文迁移的时机。本技术方案的实施有利于减少应用上下文迁移对终端设备应用服务的影响。通过使能服务器和应用服务器的配合，也可以提高网络为多个终端设备执行上下文迁移的效率。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该使能服务器向多个终端设备发送第二通知消息，该第二通知消息包括目标使能服务器的信息和/或目标应用服务器的信息，该目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务，该目标应用服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
本技术方案中，至少一个第二终端设备可以通过接收第二通知消息直接获取应用上下文迁移后的使能服务器的信息和应用服务器的信息，无需再重新向配置服务器请求执行应用上下文迁移，有利于提高为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的效率，有利于减少终端设备应用上下文迁移过程中与数据网络之间通信信令的消耗。
下述提供的方法和产品的技术方案的相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文第一方面至第四方面中相关技术方案的内容，以下不再赘述。
第五方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：第一终端设备发送第一请求消息，该第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器；该第一终端设备接收第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括使能服务器的信息。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息包括以下信息中的一项或多项：
群组标识、终端设备的数目、位置信息或业务标识，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该多个终端设备包括第一终端设备，该终端设备的数目为该终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目，该位置信息为该多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于标识多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第一请求消息包括终端设备群组的 信息。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第一请求信息包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，该第一发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现使能服务器，第二发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需求的服务范围，该配置服务器根据第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息确定使能服务器。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一响应消息包括多个使能服务器的信息，多个使能服务器包括使能服务器，第一终端设备从多个使能服务器中选择一个使能服务器为第一终端设备提供服务，并向配置服务器发送该使能服务器的信息。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一响应消息还包括第一上报指示信息，该第一上报指示信息用于指示向配置服务器发送使能服务器的信息；第一终端设备根据该第一上报指示信息向配置服务器发送使能服务器的信息。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一响应消息还包括第一响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，该第二上报指示信息用于指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务；第一终端设备设备根据该第二上报指示信息向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息。
第六方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：第一终端设备发送第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于请求发现应用服务器，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务；该第一终端设备接收第二响应消息，该第二响应消息包括应用服务器的信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息包括以下信息中的一项或多项：
群组标识、终端设备的数目、位置信息或业务标识，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该多个终端设备包括第一终端设备，该终端设备的数目为该终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目，该位置信息为该多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于标识多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二请求消息包括终端设备群组的信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第二请求信息包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，该第三发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现应用服务器，第四发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需求的应用服务范围，该使能服务器根据第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息确定应用服务器。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二响应消息包括多个应用服务器的信息，第一终端设备从该多个应用服务器中选择一个应用服务器为第一终端设备提供应用，并向使能服务器发送该应用服务器的信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第二响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，该第二上报指示用于指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息，该第一终端设备根据该第二上报指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息。
第七方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：第一实体发送第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于请求发现目标使能服务器，该目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；该第一实体接收第三响应消息，该第三响应消息用于指示是否 为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移，该多个终端设备包括第一终端设备。
说要进一步说明的是，这里第三请求消息具体用于请求为终端设备群组中的某一个终端设备或者为终端设备群组中的所有终端设备发现目标使能服务器。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息包括以下信息中的一项或多项：
群组标识、终端设备的数目、位置信息或业务标识，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该多个终端设备包括第一终端设备，该终端设备的数目为该终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目，该位置信息为该多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于标识多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该第三请求消息还包括终端设备群组的信息。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，在配置服务器确定为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的情况下，第三响应消息包括目标使能服务器的信息，该目标使能服务器用于应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；该第三响应消息还包括群组标识和/或终端设备列表，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的设备群组，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该第三响应消息还包括群组标识和/或位置信息，该群组标识用于表示终端设备群组，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息。
第八方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的方法，包括：第一实体发送第四请求消息，该第四请求消息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该第四请求消息用于请求为该多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
第九方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括配置服务器、使能服务器和第一终端设备，其中，配置服务器用于实现第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式，使能服务器用于实现第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式，第一终端设备用于实现第五方面及其任意可能的实现方式以及第六方面及其任意可能的实现方式。
第十方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括配置服务器、使能服务器和第一实体，其中，配置服务器用于实现第三方面及其任意可能的实现方式，使能服务器用于实现第四方面及其任意可能的实现方式，第一实体用于实现第七方面及其任意可能的实现方式以及第八方面及其任意可能的实现方式。
第十一方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理单元和收发单元，该收发单元用于接收第一请求消息，该第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器，该使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务；
该处理单元用于，根据终端设备群组的信息确定使能服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备；
该收发单元还用于发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括使能服务器的信息。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，第一请求消息包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，该第一发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现使能服务器，第二发 现信息用于说明多个终端设备需求的服务范围，该处理单元还用于根据第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息确定使能服务器。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，第一响应消息包括多个使能服务器的信息，多个使能服务器包括使能服务器，该收发单元还用于接收使能服务器的信息。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于，向使能服务器发送选择指示信息，该选择指示信息用于指示该使能服务器为多个终端设备选择同一个应用服务器。
第十二方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理单元和收发单元，该收发单元用于接收第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于请求发现应用服务器，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务；
该处理单元用于，根据终端设备群组的信息确定应用服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备；
该收发单元还用于，发送第二响应消息，该第二响应消息包括应用服务器的信息。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，第二请求消息包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，该第三发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现应用服务器，第四发现信息用于说明多个终端设备需求的应用服务范围，该处理单元还用于根据第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息确定应用服务器。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，第二响应消息包括多个应用服务器的信息，该多个应用服务器包括应用服务器，该收发单元还用于接收应用服务器的信息。
第十三方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括收发单元和处理单元，该收发单元用于接收第三请求消息，该第三请求消息用于请求发现目标使能服务器，所述目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；该处理单元用于根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；
该收发单元还用于发送第三响应消息，该第三响应消息用于指示是否为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识；该处理单元具体用于根据终端设备列表和第一终端设备的设备标识确定第一终端设备属于终端设备群组。
第十四方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理单元和收发单元，该收发单元用于接收第四请求消息，该第四请求消息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该第四请求消息用于请求为该多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；
该处理单元用于为该多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于向应用服务器发送第一通知消息，该第一通知消息包括终端设备列表，该第一通知消息用于通知应用服务器为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，该收发单元还用于向该多个终端设备发送第二通知消息，该第二通知消息包括目标使能服务器的信息和/或目标应用服务器的信息，该目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务，该目标 应用服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
第十五方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令，以使得该装置执行第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十六方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令，以使得该装置执行第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十七方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令，以使得该装置执行第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十八方面，提供一种发现应用服务器的装置，包括处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令，以使得该装置执行第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第八方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十九方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十一方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十二方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第八方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十三方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十四方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十五方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十六方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第八方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十七方面，提供一种芯片，包括处理器，用于读取存储器中存储的指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得该芯片实现第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第三 方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十八方面，提供一种芯片，包括处理器，用于读取存储器中存储的指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得该芯片实现第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第二十九方面，提供一种芯片，包括处理器，用于读取存储器中存储的指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得该芯片实现第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
第三十方面，提供一种芯片，包括处理器，用于读取存储器中存储的指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得该芯片实现第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法或者第八方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。
附图说明
图1是一种适用于本申请实施例的网络架构示意图。
图2是一种适用于本申请实施例的EAS发现流程示意图。
图3是一种适用于本申请实施例的EES发现流程示意图。
图4是一种适用于本申请实施例的T-EAS发现流程示意图。
图5是一种适用于本申请实施例的T-EES发现流程示意图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图16是本申请实施例提供的又一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图。
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例中，对于名词的数目，除非特别说明，表示“单数名词或复数名词”，即“一个或多个”。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上，“一种或多种”中的“多种”是指也类似两种或两种以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如，A/B，表示：A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其 类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，表示：a，b，c，a和b，a和c，b和c，或a和b和c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或未来第六代(6th generation，6G)系统等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，5G网络中的终端设备或者公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(nodeb，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeb，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请实施例并不限定。
图1是适用于本申请实施例的一种网络架构示意图。
用户设备(UE)包括一个或多个应用客户端(application client，AC)以及边缘使能客户端(edge enabler client，EEC)。用户设备可以通过应用客户端和/或边缘使能客户端与边缘数据网络建立连接从而获取应用服务。
应用客户端(AC)用于应用用户从应用服务器获取应用业务。应用客户端是应用在终端侧的客户端程序，应用客户端可以连接到云上的应用服务器获取应用业务，也可以连接到部署运行在一个或多个边缘数据网络(edge data network，EDN)中的边缘应用服务器(EAS)以获取应用业务。
边缘使能客户端(EEC)用于向边缘使能服务器(edge enabler server，EES)注册EEC的信息以及应用客户端的信息，执行安全认证和鉴权，从EES获取EAS的英特网协议(internet protocol，IP)地址，向应用客户端提供边缘计算使能能力，如提供EAS发现服务，将EAS的IP地址返回给应用客户端。
边缘数据网络(EDN)包括边缘应用服务器(EAS)和边缘使能服务器(EES)，通过边缘应用服务器和边缘使能服务器的协作，边缘数据网络可以为用户设备提供应用服务。
边缘应用服务器(EAS)，又可以称为边缘应用、应用实例、边缘应用实例、多接入边缘计算(muti-access edge computing，MEC)应用(服务器)或EAS功能。EAS是部署在边缘数据网络中的应用，具体是指一个服务器应用程序(例如，社交媒体、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR))。一个应用可以在一个或多个EDN中部署一个或多个EAS，部署运行在不同的EDN中的EAS可以认为是一个应用的不同的EAS，它们可以共享一个域名，可以使用一个IP地址，也可以使用不同的IP地址。
边缘使能服务器(EES)，用于为部署在EDN中的应用实例提供一些使能能力，可以更好地支持应用在MEC的部署请求。EES可以支持边缘应用的注册、对UE的认证和鉴权，为UE提供应用实例的IP地址信息等，还可以进一步支持获取应用实例的标识和IP地址信息，并进一步将应用实例的标识和IP地址信息发送给边缘数据网络配置服务器(edge configuration server，ECS)。
EES部署在EDN中，一般情况下，EAS注册到一个EES上，或者通过管理系统将一个EAS的信息配置在一个EES上，该EES称为该EAS关联的EES，EES可以控制、管理、注册和配置在该EES上的EAS。
边缘配置服务器(ECS)，负责EDN的配置，如向UE提供EES的信息，还可以直接向UE提供应用实例的信息以及和应用的域名解析系统(domain name system，DNS)交互获取应用实例的信息，进而从其他功能实体获取并保存应用实例和IP地址的信息。
如图1所示，应用客户端与边缘应用服务器之间设置应用数据路由(application data traffic，ADT)，应用客户端和边缘使能客户端、边缘应用服务器与边缘使能服务器、边缘使能服务器和边缘配置服务器之间等都设置有通信接口。
在图1所示的网络架构下，应用用户与应用的提供商签订服务协议，从而为应用用户提供服务，而应用用户通过登录终端上的应用客户端，通过应用客户端与EAS的连接进行通信。使能客户端为中间层，一般位于操作系统中，或者位于应用客户端与操作系统中间。应用客户端可以以应用编程接口(application program interface，API)的方式从使能客户端获取边缘使能服务。
基于图1所示的网络架构，应用上下文迁移(application context relocation，ACR)过程如下：
(1)应用上下文迁移的检测：判断可能需要进行上下文迁移，此时多由检测实体检测到一些事件，例如UE位置变化，或UE用户面路径发生更新等。
(2)应用上下文迁移的决策：决策实体确定需要进行上下文迁移。
(3)应用上下文迁移的执行：主要是将应用的上下文从源EAS传送至目标EAS，还可以进一步包含通知终端目标EAS的信息，通知网络上下文迁移完成和目标EAS的相关信息(如目标EAS的地址，目标EAS对应N6路由信息等)。
(4)应用上下文迁移后的清理：涉及多个实体，例如应用客户端发起一个新的套接字(socket)连接到目标EAS等。
在正式介绍本申请实施例前，首先对以下实施例中可能用到的一些专业术语进行解释。
1、边缘计算(edge computing)：又译为边缘运算，是一种分布式运算的架构，将应用程序、数据资料与服务的运算，由网络中心节点，移往网络逻辑上的边缘节点来处理。边缘计算将原本完全由中心节点处理大型服务加以分解，切割成更小与更容易管理的部分，分散到边缘节点去处理。边缘节点更接近于用户终端设备，可以加快资料的处理与发送速度，减少延迟。在这种架构下，资料的分析与知识的产生，更接近于数据资料的来源，因此更适合处理大数据。
2、多接入边缘计算(MEC)：可利用无线接入网络就近提供电信用户信息技术(information technology，IT)所需服务和云端计算功能，而创造出一个具备高性能、低延迟与高带宽的电信级服务环境，加速网络中各项内容、服务及应用的快速下载，让消费者享有不间断的高质量网络体验。
3、数据网络(data network，DN)：指运营商或第三方的服务网络，可以向用户设备提供服务，如运营商业务、互联网业务等。
4、本地数据网络(local area data network，LADN)：距离用户的附着点(attachment point)很近的一个数据网络的接入点(access point)。
5、边缘数据网络(EDN)：一种通用理解，EDN只对应一个数据网络，是一个特别的本地数据网络(LDN)，包含边缘使能功能，可以使用数据网络接入标识(data network access identifier，DNAI)和数据网络名称(data network name，DNN)标识，是网络逻辑概念。另一种对于EDN的理解，是EDN是中心云的对等概念，可以理解为是一个本地的数据中心(地理位置概念)，可以使用DNAI来标识，可以包含多个本地数据网络。
6、应用上下文(application context)：指的是和一个或一组用户相关的运行状态信息，可选地，还可以包含该一个或多个用户在源EAS与核心网订阅的上下文，例如订阅的事务标识等。可选地，还包含该一个或多个用户在EES上的上下文，例如源EAS对该一个或多个用户的订阅的事务标识。
7、应用上下文迁移：在边缘应用运行的过程中，当UE移动到当前的服务区之外，例如EDN之间的UE移动、LADN之间的UE移动，当前提供服务的边缘应用服务器可能无法继续为当前运行的应用提供服务，或者当前提供服务的边缘应用服务器已经不是可以为该UE提供服务的最优的应用服务器，其他的边缘应用服务器可能更适合为UE上的应用程序客户端服务，因此需要使用新的边缘应用程序服务器替换当前进行服务的边缘应用程序服务器从而更好地为该UE提供服务，在此过程中会引起应用服务短暂挂起或中断，需要将应用上下文迁移至新的边缘应用服务器中，从而保证应用运行中断的影响降至最低。
8、数据网络接入标识符(DNAI)：接入数据网络的用户面标识。
以下结合图2首先说明适用于本申请实施例的EAS发现流程。
EAS发现流程用于确定一个或多个可以为应用客户端提供应用服务的应用服务器。在EEC获取到EES的地址信息，例如统一资源定位系统(uniform resource locator，URL)信息、IP地址或其他信息，EES配置了边缘计算服务提供商(edge computing service provider，ESCP)的EAS发现策略后，可以执行EAS发现。
S101，EEC向EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
EAS发现请求包括EEC ID以及安全凭据，并可包括EAS发现过滤参数(discovery filter)以检索有关特定EAS或特定某类EAS(例如游戏应用程序)的信息。
EAS发现请求消息可以包含的信息如表1所示。
表1 EAS发现请求消息中包含的信息
S102，EES检查EEC是否被授权发现所请求的EAS。
当EES检查确定EEC被授权，EES根据EAS发现过滤参数和用户设备的位置来识别EAS。
EAS发现过滤参数可以包含的信息如表2所示。
表2 EAS发现过滤参数中包含的信息
EAS发现过滤参数的AC配置文件中可以包含的信息如表3所示。
表3 AC配置文件中包含的信息

在一些实施例中，EES未获取到EAS发现过滤参数，EES基于EES上的用户设备特定业务信息和终端设备位置识别EAS。
在一些实施例中，EES未获取到EAS发现过滤参数，EES通过应用ESCP策略(如仅基于终端设备位置)识别EAS。
在一些实施例中，EES可以根据以下信息中的至少一项选择出一个或多个EAS：终端设备的位置信息、终端设备的特定服务信息、ECSP策略和EAS发现过滤参数。其中，该过滤参数可以包括应用客户端类型、应用服务器类型和应用客户端对时延要求的信息中的一种或多种。
S103，EES向EEC发送EAS发现响应消息。
在一些实施例中，EES无法通过EAS发现请求消息中的输入、EES上的终端设备特定业务信息或ESCP策略确定EAS信息，则EES拒绝服务提供请求，并给出相应的失败原因。
示例性地，终端设备位于EAS的地理或拓扑服务区之外。
在一些实施例中，EES处理请求成功，EAS发现响应消息中包含已发现的EAS信息及其端点信息。
EAS响应消息中可以包含的信息如表4所示。
表4 EAS响应消息中包含的信息
为了执行EAS的发现流程，需要首先确定EES，EES的确定通过EES的发现流程实现。以下结合图3说明EES的发现流程。
在执行EES发现流程前，ECS会根据终端设备的位置、服务需求、服务偏好和连接性等信息，配置EEC有关的可用的边缘计算服务信息，用于EEC发现有关可用的EES。
S201，EEC向ECS发送服务提供请求(service provisioning request)消息。
该服务提供请求消息用于向ECS请求触发EES发现，该服务提供请求消息包括终端设备标识符，例如GPSI、连接信息、终端设备的位置和AC配置文件(profile)信息。
具体地，服务提供请求消息可以包含的信息如表5所示。
表5 服务提供请求消息包含的信息
S202，ECS处理请求信息。
ECS接收请求信息后，进行认证授权。
S203，ECS向EEC发送服务提供响应消息。
在一些实施例中，ECS根据EEC提供的AC配置文件和终端设备位置信息匹配注册到ECS上的EES，如果ECS无法根据EEC的请求消息等确定EES信息，则ECS拒绝服务提供请求，并给出失败的原因。
在一些实施例中，ECS成功处理服务请求，ECS向EEC发送服务提供响应消息，并提供EDN连接信息，满足EEC请求信息的EES列表以及EES的地址标识信息等。
在一些实施例中，服务提供响应消息包含的信息如表6所示。
表6 服务提供响应消息包含的信息

以上结合图2和图3说明了由终端侧EEC发起EAS的发现流程及EES的发现流程，以下结合图4和图5介绍由网络侧的源EAS(source EAS，S-EAS)或源EES(source EES，S-EES)执行目标EAS(target EAS，T-EAS)的发现流程。
如图4所示为S-EAS执行T-EAS的发现流程示意图。
S301，S-EAS向S-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
需要说明的是，在发送该EAS发现请求消息前，S-EAS已经获取了S-EES的信息，例如S-EES的地址信息。
该EAS发现请求消息包括EAS的标识以及安全凭据。该EAS发现请求消息还可以包括与该EAS配置文件匹配的EAS过滤参数。如果S-EAS通过用户面路径管理事件通知获得目标DNAI，则该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括目标DNAI的信息。
S302，S-EES发现T-EES。
S-EES接收上述EAS发现请求消息后，检查该请求消息的S-EAS是否被授权执行发现操作。如果确定该S-EAS已经被授权，则S-EES检查是否存在能够满足请求的EAS信息和附加查询过滤参数的T-EAS。如果S-EES发现T-EAS，则S-EES向E-EAS发送EAS发现响应消息，并反馈T-EAS的信息。如果S-EES未发现T-EES，则S-EES从ECS检索T-EES，具体流程请见图5所示的相关描述。
S303，S-EES向T-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
该EAS发现请求消息包括EES的标识和安全凭据，该EAS发现请求消息还包括S301中获取的EAS发现过滤参数。
S304，T-EES向S-EES发送EAS发现响应消息。
T-EES接收S-EES发送的EAS发现请求消息后，执行EAS发现，获取一个或多个T-EAS。T-EES将该一个或多个EAS的信息通过EAS发现响应消息发送至S-EES。
S305，S-EES向S-EAS发送EAS发现响应消息。
该EAS发现响应消息用于将T-EES发现的一个或多个T-EAS发送至S-EAS。
可选地，S-EES在接收到一个或多个T-EAS的信息后可以将该一个或多个T-EAS的信息保存至本地，再将该一个或多个T-EAS的信息发送至S-EAS。
图4中所示有S-EES发起的T-EAS发现过程中发送的EAS发现消息可以包括多种信元，具体内容可以参考表2，EAS发现响应消息也可以包含多种信元，具体内容可以参考表4。
图5所示为发现T-EES的过程示意图。
S401，S-EES向ECS发送EES发现请求消息。
该EES发现请求消息可以包括UE的标识、UE的位置信息、EAS的标识和目标DNAI。
需要说明的是，S-EES在向ECS发送该EES发现请求消息前，已经获取了ECS的信息，如ECS的地址。此外，该S-EES正在为EES发现请求消息中包含的UE的标识对应的UE上的应用程序客户端(application client，AC)提供边缘计算服务。
S402，ECS确定T-EES。
如果EES发现请求消息中包含UE的标识(例如GPSI)，但该ECS本地未保存该UE的位置信息，或者该EES发现请求消息中不包含该UE的位置信息，则ECS可以通过与核心网交互以检索该UE的位置。
ECS可以根据以下心中的一种或多种确定T-EES：EAS的标识、目标DNAI或UE的位置。
S403，ECS向S-EES发送EES发现响应消息。
该EES发现响应消息可以包括S-EAS的标识以及一个或多个T-EES的信息。该一个或多个T-EES的信息可以以T-EES列表的形式表示，该一个或多个T-ESS的信息包括每个T-EES的端点的信息。
以上结合图4和图5说明了网络侧执行T-EAS发现的流程。以下结合图6至图16详细介绍本申请提供的发现应用服务器的方法。
需要说明的是，以下实施例中终端设备组、终端设备列表、终端设备集合等是指包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，这个终端设备群组可以是多个终端设备确定的，例如参加同一场会议的多个终端设备确定的参加该场会议的多个终端设备属于一个终端设备群组。这个终端设备群组也可以是网络设备确定的，例如网络设备将参与同一场游戏的多个终端设备随机分成10支队伍，每支队伍至少包括5个终端设备，网络设备将分到一支队伍中的多个终端设备视为一个终端设备群组，后续通过其他方式加入到某一支已经存在的队伍中的终端设备，网络设备也将其作为该终端设备群组中的终端设备。
SA6架构中用户设备(UE)包含EEC和AC，对以下各实施例中UE可以是EEC或AC。即对UE包含的AC和EEC不做区分，统一以UE表示。在EAS发现流程中，EEC接收EES发送的消息后，EEC可以将该消息的内容发送至AC，由AC完成相应的选择等，AC也可以向EEC发送请求消息请求执行EAS发现等，详细内容可以参考图2所示实施例的相关描述。在EES发现流程中，EEC接收ECS发送的消息后，EEC可以将该消息的内容发送至AC，由AC完成相应的选择等，AC也可以向EEC发送请求消息请求执行EES发现等，详细内容可以参考图3所示实施例的相关描述。
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
S501，UE向配置服务器发送第一请求消息，相应地，配置服务器接收第一请求消息。
该第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器，该使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务。
确切地，这里的UE指的是第一终端设备的使能客户端，第一终端设备可以包括一个或多个使能客户端，第一终端设备也可以包括一个或多个应用客户端，不同的应用客户端用于获取不同的应用服务。
配置服务器可以是边缘配置服务器，或者其他可以用于为UE确定一个或多个使能服务器的配置服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一请求消息包括终端设备群组的信息。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备群组的信息可以用于确认终端设备是否属于终端设备群组或者终端设备列表，例如根据终端设备群组的信息中的终端设备列表和/或群组标识来确认终端设备是否属于终端设备群组。
在另一些实施例中，该终端设备群组的信息可以用于确定使能服务器，例如根据终端设备群组的信息中的位置信息和/或业务标识来确定使能服务器。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该第一请求消息包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，该第一发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现使能服务器，该第二发现信息用于指示多个终端设备需要的服务范围。
这里多个终端设备需要的服务范围可以是每个终端设备分别确定的适用于本终端设备的服务范围，也可以是由网络侧设备确定的适用于多个终端设备的服务范围，例如登录服务器根据终端设备的位置确定的适用于多个终端设备的服务范围。可选地，该第一请求消息包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息，在获取该终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息后，配置服务器可以通过该信息确定是否收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第一请求消息。
需要说明的是，对于上述终端设备群组中第一个请求发现使能服务器的终端设备，当该终端设备发送的第一请求消息中包含终端设备群组的信息，且配置服务器本地未保存该终端设备群组的信息，配置服务器会保存该终端设备群组的信息。
S502，配置服务器确定使能服务器。
具体地，配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定使能服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识该终端设备群组。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息和/或业务标识，该位置信息为该多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于表示多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
可选地，该配置服务器根据第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息确定使能服务器。
在第一请求消息中包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息的情况下，配置服务器还可以根据如下方式来确定使能服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，配置服务器可以接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第一请求消息，则配置服务器可以根据群组中所有终端设备的信息(如终端设备的位置信息)来确定使能服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，配置服务器未接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第一请求消息，则配置服务器可以根据已经发送第一请求消息的终端设备的信息来确定一个使 能服务器，并将该使能服务器的信息和终端设备列表和/或群组标识相关联，当后续同一个终端设备列表或具有相同群组标识的终端设备请求发现使能服务器时，配置服务器可以将该保存的使能服务器的信息发送至后续的终端设备。
在一个实施例中，当ECS收到UE列表中的第一个请求发现EES的UE的业务提供请求消息后，ECS根据该业务提供请求消息中包含的需求服务范围为第一个请求发现EES的UE确定一个EES，并将该EES作为为该UE列表中的UE提供服务的EES，从而将该EES的信息发送其UE列表中的其他UE。
S503，配置服务器向UE发送第一响应消息，相应地，UE接收第一响应消息。
该第一响应消息包括使能服务器的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一响应消息还包括第一上报指示信息，该第一上报指示信息用于指示向配置服务器发送使能服务器的信息。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第一响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，该第二上报指示信息用于指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
需要说明的是，上述第一上报指示信息和第二上报指示信息可以分别包含在两个不同的信元中，或者也可以包含在同一个信元中。
举例而言，信元“上报指示”的取值可以为：00、01、10和11。其中，取值为00时表示该上报指示信息为空，即不包含任何上报指示；取值为01时表示需要向配置服务器发送选择的使能服务器(即第一上报指示信息的含义)；取值为10时表示需要向使能服务器发送选择的应用服务器(即第二上报指示信息的含义)；取值为11时表示既需要向配置服务器发送选择的使能服务器，也需要向使能服务器发送选择的应用服务器(同时包括第一上报指示和第二上报指示的含义)。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该配置服务器还可以向使能服务器发送选择指示信息，该选择指示信息用于指示使能服务器为多个终端设备选择同一个应用服务器。
可选地，第一响应消息中还可以包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息。
S504，UE向使能服务器发送第二请求消息，相应地，使能服务器接收第二请求消息。
该第二请求消息用于请求发现应用服务器，该应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第二请求消息包括终端设备群组的信息。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备群组的信息可以用于确定终端设备是否属于终端设备群组或者终端设备列表，例如根据终端设备群组的信息中的终端设备列表和/或群组标识来确认终端设备是否属于终端设备群组。
在另一些实施例中，该终端设备群组的信息可以用于确定应用服务器，例如根据终端设备群组的信息中的位置信息和/或业务标识来确定使能服务器。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该第二请求消息包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，该第三发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现应用服务器，该第四发现信息用于指示多个终端设备需要的应用服务范围。可选地，该第二请求消息包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息，在获取该终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息后，使能服务器可以通过该信息确定是否收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第二请求消息。
需要说明的是，对于上述终端设备群组中第一个请求发现应用服务器的终端设备，当该终端设备发送的第二请求消息中包含终端设备群组的信息，且使能服务器本地未保存该终端设备群组的信息，使能服务器会保存该终端设备群组的信息。
S505，使能服务器确定应用服务器。
具体地，使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定应用服务器，该终端设备群组包括多个终端设备。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识该终端设备群组。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息和/或业务标识，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息，该业务标识用于表示多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
可选地，该使能服务器根据第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息确定应用服务器。
在第二请求消息中包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息的情况下，使能服务器还可以根据如下方式来确定应用服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，使能服务器可以接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第二请求消息，则使能服务器可以根据群组中所有终端设备的信息(如终端设备的位置信息)来确定应用服务器。
若在预设时间范围内，使能服务器未接收到终端设备群组中所有终端设备发送的第二请求消息，则使能服务器可以根据已经发送第二请求消息的终端设备的信息来确定一个应用服务器，并将该应用服务器的信息和终端设备列表和/或群组标识相关联，当后续同一个终端设备列表或具有相同群组标识的终端设备请求发现应用服务器时，使能服务器可以将该保存的应用服务器的信息发送至后续的终端设备。
在一个实施例中，当EES收到UE列表中的第一个请求发现EAS的UE的业务提供请求消息后，EES根据该业务提供请求消息中包含的需求服务范围为第一个请求发现EAS的UE确定一个EAS，并将该EAS作为为该UE列表中的UE提供服务的EAS，从而将该EAS的信息发送其UE列表中的其他UE。
S506，使能服务器向UE发送第二响应消息，相应地，UE接收第二响应消息。
该第二响应消息包括应用服务器的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，该第二上报指示信息用于指示向使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息。
可选地，第二响应消息中还可以包括终端设备群组中包含的终端设备的数目信息。
本申请实施例中，配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备确定使能服务器，相比于根据一个终端设备的信息确定一个使能服务器的方法，有利于为多个终端设备确定一个适用于该多个终端设备的使能服务器。应用服务器根据终端设备群组的信息为终端设备中的多个终端设备确定应用服务器，相比于根据一个终端设备的信息确定一个应用服务器的方法，有利于为多个终端设备确定一个适用于多个终端设备的应用服务器，有利于多个终端设备获取相同的应用服务时取得相同的应用体验。
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种发现应用服务器的方法示意图。
S601，第一实体向配置服务器发送第三请求消息，相应地，配置服务器接收第三请求 消息。
该第一实体可以是第一终端设备的使能客户端或者也可以是源使能服务器。
该第三请求消息用于请求发现目标使能服务器，所述目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务。具体的，这里第三请求消息具体用于请求为终端设备群组中的某一个终端设备或者为终端设备群组中的所有终端设备发现目标使能服务器。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第三请求消息可以包含终端设备群组的信息。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备群组的信息可以用于确认终端设备是否属于终端设备群组或者终端设备列表，例如根据终端设备群组的信息中的终端设备列表和/或群组标识来确定终端设备是否属于终端设备群组。
在另一些实施例中，该终端设备群组的信息可以用于确定使能服务器，例如根据终端设备群组的信息中的位置信息来确定使能服务器。
可选地，该第三请求消息中还可以包括终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目的信息，配置服务器可以根据该终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目的信息确定是否收到终端设备群组中对应于所有终端设备的请求消息。
需要说明的是，对于上述终端设备群组中第一个请求发现使能服务器的终端设备，当该终端设备发送的第一请求消息中包含终端设备群组的信息，且配置服务器本地未保存该终端设备群组的信息，配置服务器会保存该终端设备群组的信息。
S602，配置服务器确定是否执行ACR。
具体地，配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识该终端设备群组。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息，该位置信息为多个终端设备的位置信息。配置服务器结合第一终端设备的当前位置的位置信息和多个终端设备的位置信息。
S603，配置服务器向第一实体发送第三响应消息，相应地，第一实体接收第三响应消息。
该第三响应消息用于指示是否为终端设备群组中的多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移，该多个终端设备包括第一终端设备，该源使能服务器用于应用上下文迁移前或者当前为多个终端设备提供服务。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在配置服务器确定为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的情况下，该第三响应消息包括目标使能服务器的信息，该目标使能服务器用于为应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；该第三响应消息还包括群组标识和终端设备列表，该群组标识用于标识包含多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识。
S604，第一实体向使能服务器发送第四请求消息，相应地，使能服务器接收第四请求消息。
该第四请求消息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，该终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该群组标识用于标识包含该多个终端设备的终端设备群组，该第四请求消 息用于请求为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
可选地，该第四请求消息中还可以包括终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目的信息，使能服务器可以根据该终端设备群组包含的终端设备的数目的信息确定是否收到终端设备群组中对应于所有终端设备的请求消息。
对于上述终端设备群组中第一个请求发现应用服务器的终端设备，当该终端设备发送的第四请求消息中包含终端设备群组的信息(如终端设备列表和/或群组标识)，且使能服务器本地未保存该终端设备群组的信息，使能服务器会保存该终端设备群组的信息。
S605，使能服务器执行ACR。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该使能服务器向应用服务器发送第一通知消息，该第一通知信息包括终端设备列表，该第一通知消息用于通知应用服务器为多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
当该应用服务器为源边缘应用服务器，则该源边缘应用服务器在接收到该第一通知消息后会将该多个终端设备的应用上下文发送至目标边缘应用服务器。当该应用服务器为目标边缘应用服务器，则该目标边缘应用服务器在接收到该第一通知消息后会请求源边缘应用服务器发送多个终端设备的应用上下文至目标边缘应用服务器。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，该使能服务器向该多个终端设备发送第二通知消息，该第二通知消息包括目标使能服务器的信息和目标应用服务器的信息，该目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务，该目标应用服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供应用服务。
本申请实施例中，配置服务器可以根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为多个终端设备执行ACR，并为多个终端设备确定一个相同的使能服务器。该使能服务器可以结合多个终端设备的位置信息等为多个终端设备确定目标应用服务器。在确定是否执行ACR以及确定目标应用服务器的过程中结合考虑多个终端设备的状态、信息，有利于减少ACR事件对终端设备的应用服务体验的不利影响，有利于为多个终端设备提供相同的应用服务体验。
图8所示为终端设备发起为终端设备组(UE group)或终端设备列表(UE list)中的多个UE分配同一个EES和同一个EAS的过程示意图。为便于描述，以下以选定的EES(selected EES)表示该同一个EES，以选定的EAS(selected EAS)表示该同一个EAS，该选定的EES或者选定的EAS还可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
S701，UE向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
具体地，UE的AC通过EDGE-5接口向EEC请求边缘计算服务，请求发现EAS、获取EAS的地址等信息；UE的EEC在接收到AC发送的请求消息后向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
可选地，AC向EEC发送的请求消息中还可以包括以下一项或多项：
UE列表、需求服务范围(required service area)或指示信息，该UE列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围，该指示信息用于指示ECS为UE组中UE选择同一个EES，该指示信息也可以用于指示EES为UE组中的UE选择同一个EAS。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级 的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。
该业务提供请求消息用于请求ECS发现EES，该业务提供请求消息也可以称为边缘平台发现请求消息或者还有其他名称，本申请对此不作限定。
该业务请求消息可以包括UE标识信息和UE的位置信息等。该业务提供请求消息还可以包含其他信息，具体可以参考S201中的相关描述。
在一些实施例中，在UE向ECS发送业务提供请求消息前，ECS已经获取了UE列表。该UE列表包含了一个或多个UE的标识(identification，ID)信息，该一个或多个UE的标识信息可以为UE的用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier，SUPI)或通用公共用户标识(GPSI)或者其他可以标识UE身份的信息。
ECS可以通过多种方式获取UE列表。示例性地，ECS从登录服务器(login server)获取UE列表，该登陆服务器为UE的AC进行用户登录操作时连接的服务器。
登陆服务器可以通过多种方式确定UE列表，示例性地，登录服务器将在同一时间段内登陆的UE作为一组UE，该一组UE对应一个UE列表。
可选地，ECS将UE列表中包含的所有UE确定为一组UE，并为该组UE确定组标识(group identification，group ID或GID)，该组标识可以用于标识该UE组中的UE。或者，该组标识也可以是ECS从其他网元获取的。
在另一些实施例中，该业务提供请求消息中包括UE列表。
具体地，UE列表中的一个或多个UE的EEC发送的业务提供请求消息中包括UE的列表信息。
在又一些实施例中，该业务提供请求消息还包括UE组的组标识以及该UE组中包含的UE的数目信息。
具体地，UE组中的一个或多个UE的EEC发送的业务请求消息中包括UE组的组标识和UE组中包含UE的数目信息，该UE组中包含的其余UE发送的业务提供请求消息中包括UE组的组标识。
可选地，业务提供请求消息中还可以包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，该第一发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现使能服务器，该第二发现信息用于指示多个终端设备需要的服务范围。
S702，ECS确定选定的EES。
具体地，ECS为UE列表中的所有UE选择同一个EES。或者，ECS为具有相同的组标识的UE选择同一个EES。
该UE列表可以是ECS从接收的业务请求消息中获取的，或者该UE列表也可以是通过其他的方式获取，例如从UE的登陆服务器获取。
在一些实施例中，ECS接收的业务提供请求消息中包含了UE组的组标识或者UE列表，则ECS根据该UE组的组标识或UE列表，确定该UE包含在UE组或UE列表中，进而ECS确定需要为该UE列表中的多个UE确定同一个EES。
在另一些实施例中，ECS接收的UE业务提供请求消息中不包含UE组的标识或UE列表，ECS根据UE的标识以及通过其他方式获取的UE列表，确定该UE属于UE列表中的UE，进而ECS确定需要为UE以及该UE列表中的其他UE确定同一个EES。
ECS可以通过以下方式中的任一种确定选定的EES。
在一些实施例中，当ECS确定收到UE列表或UE组中所有UE(确切地，UE的EEC)发送的业务提供请求消息后，ECS结合所有UE的信息(如位置信息)为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EES，作为选定的EES。
在另一些实施例中，当ECS收到UE列表或者UE组中的一个或多个UE发送的业务提供请求消息后，ECS根据该一个或多个UE的位置信息等选择一个EES作为选定的EES。当ECS收到UE列表中的其他UE发送的业务提供请求消息时，将选定的EES的信息发送至其他UE。
在一个实施例中，当ECS收到UE列表中的第一个请求发现EES的UE的业务提供请求消息后，ECS根据该业务提供请求消息中包含的需求服务范围为第一个请求发现EES的UE确定一个EES，并将该EES作为为该UE列表中的UE提供服务的EES，从而将该EES的信息发送其UE列表中的其他UE。
在又一些实施例中，ECS收到UE1发送的服务提供请求消息，该服务提供请求消息中不包含UE列表或UE组的组标识，ECS执行常规的EES发现流程，该UE1选择了第一EES获取服务。ECS收到UE2发送的服务提供请求消息，该服务提供请求消息中包含UE列表，根据该UE列表，ECS确定UE1和UE2属于同一UE列表中的UE或同一UE组中的UE。ECS将UE1选择的第一EES作为选定的EES，并将该选定的EES的信息发送至UE2。
在业务提供请求消息中包含第一发现信息的情况下，ECS接收该第一发现信息后可以确定，需要为UE列表或者UE组中的多个终端设备确定一个相同的EES。该第一发现信息可以为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的EES用于为多个终端设备提供服务，该第一发现信息也可以为隐性的指示，例如该第一发现信息为UE列表或者为UE组的组标识，则ECS在接收该业务提供请求消息后也可以识别被请求发现的EES用于为多个终端设备提供服务。
在业务提供请求消息中包含第二发现信息的情况下，ECS接收第二发现信息后可以确定需要为多个终端设备提供服务的范围。
在一些实施例中，第二发现信息为每个UE确定的各自需要的服务范围，则ECS可以在接收UE组中的所有UE发送的第二发现信息后根据多个UE各自需要的服务范围，为多个UE确定一个适用于所有UE的服务范围需要的EES。
在另一些实施例中，第二发现信息为登录服务器为UE组中所有UE确定好的适用于所有UE的服务范围，则ECS在接收该第二发现信息后可以根据该适用于所有UE的服务范围确定一个相应的EES。
ECS可以结合UE列表或UE组中UE的位置，以及EES的部署位置选择一个位置最优的EES作为选定的EES。ECS选择EES的方法具体可以参照相关标准，此处不作详细描述。
S703，ECS发送业务提供响应消息至UE。
该业务提供响应消息也可以称为边缘平台发现响应消息或者还可以有其他名称，本申请对此不作限制，该业务提供响应消息包括一个或多个EES的信息，该一个或多个EES中可以包括S702中选定的EES。
在一些实施例中，当S701中UE(确切的，UE的EEC)发送的业务提供请求消息中 不包括UE列表或UE组标识，即在S701中UE未获取UE列表或UE组的组标识，则该业务提供响应消息中可以包括UE组的组标识，即ECS可以通过该业务提供响应消息将组标识发送至UE。可选地，该业务提供响应消息中还可以包括UE组中包含UE的数目信息。
具体地，ECS将组标识发送至该UE组中所有UE的EEC，并将该UE组中UE的数目发送至该UE组中一个或多个UE的EEC。
在另一些实施例中，当S701中UE发送的业务提供请求消息中不包括UE列表或UE组标识，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括UE列表信息。
具体地，ECS将UE列表信息发送至UE列表中一个或多个UE的EEC。
在又一些实施例中，当S701中UE(确切的，UE的EEC)发送的业务提供请求消息中不包括UE列表或UE组标识，该业务提供响应消息可以包括组标识、UE组中UE的数目以及UE列表。
可选地，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示EEC或AC选择选定的EES。
具体地，EEC在获取该指示信息后，可以进一步将该指示信息发送给AC，由AC来选择选定的EES。或者，EEC在获取该指示信息后选择选定的EES，并将选定的EES的信息发送给AC。
可选地，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括其他信息，具体地可以参考S203中相关描述。
需要说明的是，图8所示实施例中上述S701至S703的过程是为了发现可以为UE提供服务的EES，在该EES已经获取的情况下，S701至S703可以不必执行，即S701至S703的过程是可选地。
S704，UE发送EAS发现请求消息至EES。
UE在接收ECS发送的业务提供响应消息后，根据该业务提供响应消息中包含的一个或多个EES的信息，确定一个EES，并向该EES请求执行EAS发现，该EES可以是S703中选定的EES。
具体地，在一些实施例中，当业务提供响应消息中包含多个EES的信息时，EEC可以从该多个EES中选择一个EES作为选定的EES。或者，EES也可以根据业务提供响应消息中包含的指示信息，直接选择S702中的选定的EES。或者，EEC接收到该业务提供响应消息后将多个EES的信息发送给AC，由AC从该多个EES中选择一个EES作为选定的EES。或者，EEC还将业务提供响应消息中包含的指示信息发送给AC，AC根据该指示信息直接选择选定的EES。
在另一些实施例中，当业务提供响应消息中只包含选定的EES的信息，则EEC或AC直接确定该选定的EES作为将提供服务的EES。
在确定一个EES后，UE的AC向EEC发送请求消息，请求执行EAS发现，EEC在收到AC发送的请求消息后向EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
可选地，AC向EEC发送的请求消息中还可以包括以下一项或多项：
UE列表、需求服务范围或指示信息，该UE列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围，该指示信息用于指示 ECS为UE组中UE选择同一个EES，该指示信息也可以用于指示EES为UE组中的UE选择同一个EAS。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。
在一些实施例中，该EAS发现请求消息包括：UE组的组标识和UE组中UE的数目。
具体地，UE组中的至少一个UE的EEC将UE组的组标识以及该UE组中包含的UE的数目发送至选定的EES，该UE组中的其他UE的EEC发送组标识至选定的EES。
在另一些实施例中，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE列表信息。
具体地，UE列表中的一个或多个UE的EEC发送UE列表至选定的EES。
在又一些实施例中，UE列表中的一个或多个UE的EEC将UE组的组标识、UE组中UE的数目以及UE列表都发送至选定的EES。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息还包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示EES为该UE列表或UE组中的多个UE选择同一个EAS。
可选地，EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，该第三发现信息用于指示为多个终端设备发现应用服务器，该第四发现信息用于指示多个终端设备需要的应用服务范围。
S705，EES确定EAS。
具体地，在接收EAS发现请求消息后，选定的EES为UE列表中的所有UE选择同一个EAS。或者，EES为具有相同的组标识的UE选择同一个EAS。以下以选定的EAS(selected EAS)表示该同一个EAS。
在一些实施例中，当接收到EEC发送的EAS发现请求消息时，EES根据UE的标识确定该UE是否属于UE列表中的UE。
或者，EES根据UE发送的EAS发现请求消息中的UE的组标识与EES保存在本地的UE的组标识是否一致确定该UE是否属于UE组中的UE。
EES确定收到了UE列表包含的UE标识对应的所有UE发送的EAS发现请求消息后，EES为该UE列表或UE组中所有的UE选择同一个EAS，作为选定的EAS。
或者，EES通过记录收到的相同UE的组标识、不同的UE标识的EAS发现请求消息的数目，从而确定是否收到UE组中所有UE发送的EAS发现请求消息。在确定收到UE组中所有UE发送的EAS发现请求消息后，EES为该UE列表或UE组中所有的UE选择同一个EAS，作为选定的EAS。
在另一些实施例中，EES收到UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发送的EAS发现请求消息后，EES根据该一个或多个UE的位置信息等选择一个EAS作为选定的EAS，当EES收到UE列表或UE组中的其他UE发送的EAS发现请求消息时，根据UE列表或UE组的组标识判断该UE是否与已经选择EAS的一个或多个UE属于同一个UE列表中或者属于同一个UE组，当该UE属于同一UE列表或同一个UE组，则将选定的EAS的信息发送至该UE。
在一个实施例中，当EES收到UE列表中的第一个请求发现EAS的UE的业务提供请求消息后，EES根据该业务提供请求消息中包含的需求服务范围为第一个请求发现EAS的UE确定一个EAS，并将该EAS作为为该UE列表中的UE提供服务的EAS，从而将该 EAS的信息发送其UE列表中的其他UE。
在又一些实施例中，EES收到UE1发送的EAS发现请求消息，该EAS发现请求消息中不包含UE列表或UE组的组标识，EES执行常规的EAS发现流程，该UE1选择了第一EAS。EES收到UE2发送的EAS发现请求消息，该EAS发现请求消息中包含UE列表，根据该UE列表，EES确定UE1和UE2属于同一UE列表中的UE或同一UE组中的UE。EES将UE1选择的第一EAS作为选定的EAS，并将该第一EAS的信息发送至UE2。
在EAS发现请求消息中包含第三发现信息的情况下，EES接收该第三发现信息后可以确定，需要为UE列表或者UE组中的多个终端设备确定一个相同的EAS。该第三发现信息可以为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的EAS用于为多个终端设备提供服务，该第三发现信息也可以为隐性的指示，例如该第三发现信息为UE列表或者为UE组的组标识，则EES在接收该EAS发现请求消息后也可以识别被请求发现的EAS用于为多个终端设备提供服务。
在EAS发现请求消息中包含第四发现信息的情况下，ECS接收第四发现信息后可以确定需要为多个终端设备提供服务的范围。
在一些实施例中，第四发现信息为每个UE确定的各自需要的应用服务范围，则EES可以在接收UE组中的所有UE发送的第四发现信息后根据多个UE各自需要的服务范围，为多个UE确定一个适用于所有UE的应用服务范围需要的EAS。
在另一些实施例中，第四发现信息为登录服务器为UE组中所有UE确定好的适用于所有UE的应用服务范围，则EES在接收该第四发现信息后可以根据该适用于所有UE的应用服务范围确定一个相应的EAS。
EES可以结合UE列表或UE组中多个UE的位置以及EAS的部署位置，选择一个位置最优的EAS，EES选择EAS的方法具体可以参考相关标准，此处不作详细描述。
S706，可选地，选定的EES发送通知消息至选定的EAS。
具体地，选定的EES将UE组的组标识和UE组中UE的数目信息发送至选定的EAS。或者，选定的EES发送UE列表至选定的EAS。
当选定的EAS获取了UE组的组标识或UE列表，UE在接入选定的EAS时，选定的EAS可以根据UE的标识信息，判断该UE是否属于UE组或UE列表，进而确定是否需要为该UE提供相应的应用服务。
S707，选定的EES发送EAS发现响应消息至UE。
具体地，选定的EES将选定的EAS的信息发送至UE的EEC。
在一些实施例中，选定的EES还可以向EEC发送UE组的组标识。可选地，EES还可以向EEC发送UE组中UE的数目。
在另一些实施例中，选定的EES还可以向EEC发送UE列表。
在又一些实施例中，选定的EES也可以向EEC发送组标识和UE列表。可选地，EES还可以向EEC发送UE组中UE的数目。
EEC在获取到选定的EAS的信息等信息后，会将选定的EAS的信息发送至UE的AC，AC在获取该选定的EAS的信息后可以与该选定的EAS连接，并请求该选定的EAS提供应用服务。
通过UE列表和UE组的组标识在为终端设备执行EES发现和EAS发现前，对终端 设备的身份等进行确认，以确定终端设备是否属于UE列表或UE组，有利于提高ECS和EES为多个终端设备确定一个EES和一个EAS的效率，有利于UE列表或UE组中的多个终端设备取得相同的应用服务体验。
以上结合图8说明了由ECS和EES利用UE列表或UE组的组标识确定为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS的过程，以下结合图9说明ECS和EES利用UE列表和UE需要获取的业务标识确定为UE列表中的所有UE选择同一个EES和同一个EAS的过程。为便于描述，以下以选定的EES表示该同一个EES，以选定的EAS表示该同一个EAS。
首先说明ECS根据UE列表和UE需要获取的业务标识确定同一个EES(选定的EES)的过程。
本申请实施例中，在UE向ECS发送业务提供请求消息前，ECS已经获取了包含该UE的UE列表或UE集合或UE组的组标识，以及该UE列表或UE集合或UE组中的UE需要获取业务(以下称为，目标业务)的业务标识。应理解，该UE组的组标识可以是该UE列表/UE集合/UE组中各UE的标识的集合，也可以是该UE列表/UE集合/UE组本身的标识。
该UE列表包含一个或多个UE的标识信息，该一个或多个UE的标识信息可以为UE的SUPI或GPSI或者其他可以标识UE身份的信息。
该目标业务是指UE列表中包含的UE所要获取的业务，即需要执行协同接入的业务，该目标业务的业务标识用于表示该目标业务。
目标业务标识可以通过多种方式标识，例如边缘应用服务器业务标识、全限定域名(full qualified domain name，FQDN)或应用标识(application ID，App ID)，或者也可以利用其他标识业务的信元标识。需要说明的是，EAS ID指的是EAS提供的业务的标识，而非某个或某些特定的EAS实例的标识，该标识可以是边缘应用服务器标识(EAS ID)，也可以是起到相同作用的其他标识。
ECS可以通过多种方式确定UE列表以及目标业务的业务标识，本申请对此不作限定。
示例性地，当使用线上会议App预定线上会议时，该App的服务器会获取参会的UE的标识，所有参会UE的标识组成UE列表，App的服务器可以将UE列表以及标识会议应用服务的业务标识发送给ECS。
可选地，ECS可以将不同类型的业务标识进行相互转换，例如，ECS可以将FQDN转换为EAS ID。
S801，UE向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
具体地，UE的AC通过EDGE-5接口向EEC请求边缘计算服务，请求发现EAS、获取EAS的地址等信息；UE的EEC在接收到AC发送的请求消息后向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
该业务提供请求消息用于请求ECS发现EES，该业务提供请求消息也可以称为边缘平台发现请求消息或者还有其他名称，本申请对此不作限定。
该业务提供请求消息可以包括UE的标识和需求业务的业务标识，该需求业务指UE需要获取的业务。
S802，ECS确定是否存在选定的EES。
当ECS接收UE发送的业务提供请求消息后，ECS获取该UE的标识以及需求业务的 业务标识。
根据UE的标识，ECS判断该UE是否包含于UE列表。根据业务标识，ECS判断该UE的需求业务的业务标识是否与UE列表对应的目标业务的业务标识一致。
在一些实施例中，ECS判断该UE为UE列表中的UE，需求业务的业务标识与UE列表对应的目标业务的业务标识一致。ECS查询已经为该UE列表中的UE分配提供目标业务的选定的EES，则ECS获取该选定的EES的信息。上述动作也可以描述为，ECS确定该UE列表以及该目标业务对应的EES。
在另一些实施例中，ECS判断该UE为UE列表中的UE，需求业务的业务标识与UE列表对应的目标业务的业务标识一致。ECS查询没有为该UE列表中的UE分配提供目标业务的选定的EES，或者，ECS无法确定该UE列表以及该目标业务对应的EES，则ECS执行常规的EES发现流程获取一个或多个可以为该UE列表中的UE提供目标业务的EES的信息，该一个或多个EES可以称为候选EES。
S803，ECS发送业务提供响应消息至EEC。
该业务提供响应消息也可以称为边缘平台发现响应消息或者还可以有其他名称，本申请对此不作限制。该业务提供响应消息可以包括一个或多个EES的信息，该一个或多个EES中可以包括选定的EES。
该一个或多个EES的信息可以以EES列表的形式表示。
在一些实施例中，ECS获取了选定的EES的信息，则该业务提供响应消息中包括该选定的EES的信息。
可选地，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括候选的EES的信息以及指示信息，该指示信息用于指示选择该选定的EES，该候选的EAS可以作为备用的EAS。
在另一些实施例中，ECS获取了候选的EES的信息，则该业务提供响应消息中包括的一个或多个EES的信息即为候选的EES的信息。
在这种情况下，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示UE将从候选的EES中选定的EES的信息上报至ECS。
或者，该业务提供响应消息还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示UE将从候选的EES中选定的EES的信息上报至ECS，该第二指示信息还用于指示UE将从候选的EAS中选定的EAS的信息上报至EES。
可选地，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括UE列表，该UE列表可以用于指示UE将从候选的EES中选定的EES的信息上报至ECS，该UE列表也可以用于指示UE将从候选的EAS中选定的EAS的信息上报至EES。
S804，UE向ECS发送EES选择通知响应消息。
该EES选择通知响应消息包括UE的标识以及选定的EES的信息，例如选定的EES的标识和/或地址。
UE接收业务提供响应消息后，获取该业务提供响应消息中包含的候选的EES的信息，并从该候选的EES中选择一个EES作为选定的EES。
根据业务提供响应消息中包含的第一指示信息或第二指示信息，UE将选定的EES的信息发送至ECS。
UE选择EES的方法和准则具体可以参考相关标准，此处不做详细描述。
S805，可选地，ECS向选定的EES发送EAS协同选择指示信息。
该EAS协同选择指示信息包括UE列表以及目标业务的业务标识，该协同指示信息用于指示选定的EES为UE列表中的所有UE选择相同的EAS提供目标业务。
需要说明的是，该步骤为可选执行，如果步骤S803中业务提供响应消息中包含了UE列表，则UE在向选定的EES发送EAS发现请求消息时，可以将该UE列表也发送至EES，进而，选定的EES可以为UE列表中的多个UE选择相同的EAS，即，S805是可选的。
接下来介绍：在确定选定的EES后，选定的EES根据UE列表和UE列表中的UE需要获取业务的业务标识为UE列表中的多个UE确定同一个EAS的过程。
需要说明的是，图7所示实施例中上述S801至S805的过程是为了发现可以为UE的EEC提供服务的EES，在该EES已经被UE获取的情况下，S801至S805可以不必执行，即S801至S805的过程是可选的。
S806，UE发送EAS发现请求消息至EES。
该EAS发现请求消息用于请求选定的EES为UE执行EAS发现，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE的标识以及需求业务的业务标识，该需求业务用于指示UE需要获取的业务。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息还可以包括UE列表。
可选地，选定的EES还可以通过其他方式获取该UE列表，例如，如S805中的描述，ECS可以向选定的EES发送UE列表，指示选定的EES为UE列表中的UE选择相同的EAS。即，选定的EES可以从ECS获取该UE列表。
S807，选定的EES确定是否存在选定的EAS。
当选定的EES接收UE发送的EAS发现请求消息后，选定的EES获取该UE的标识以及该需求业务的业务标识。
根据UE的标识，EES判断该UE是否属于UE列表中的UE。根据业务标识，EES判断该需求业务的业务标识是否与UE列表对应的目标业务的业务标识一致。
这里需要说明的是，如S806中的描述，选定的EES可以通过UE或ECS获取该UE列表，根据该UE列表再结合UE的标识，选定的EES可以判断该UE是否属于该UE列表中的UE。
在一些实施例中，EES判断该UE为UE列表中的UE，UE的需求业务的业务标识与目标业务的业务标识一致。EES查询已经为该UE列表中的UE分配了提供目标业务的EAS，则EES获取该EAS的信息，并作为选定的EAS。上述动作也可以描述为，EES确定该UE列表以及该目标业务对应的EAS。
在另一些实施例中，EES判断该UE为UE列表中的UE，UE的需求业务的业务标识与目标业务的业务标识一致。EES查询没有为该UE列表中的UE分配提供目标业务的选定的EAS，或者，EES无法确定该UE列表以及该目标业务对应的EAS，则EES执行EAS发现，并获取一个或多个为该UE列表中的UE提供目标业务的EAS的信息，该一个或多个EAS可以称为候选的EAS。
S808，EES发送EAS发现响应消息至UE。
该EAS发现响应消息可以包括一个或多个EAS的信息，该一个或多个EAS中可以包括选定的EAS。
该一个或多个EAS的信息可以以EAS列表的形式表示。
在一些实施例中，EES获取了选定的EAS的信息，则该EAS发现响应消息中包括该选定的EAS的信息。
可选地，该EAS发现响应消息还可以包括候选的EAS的信息以及指示信息，该指示信息用于指示EEC选择该选定的EAS，该候选的EAS可以作为备用的EAS。
在另一些实施例中，EES获取了候选的EAS的信息，则该EAS发现响应消息中包括的一个或多个EAS的信息即为候选的EAS的信息。
该EAS发现响应消息中还可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示消息用于指示UE将从候选的EAS中选定的EAS的信息上报至选定的EES。
S809，可选地，UE向EES发送EAS选择通知响应消息。
当UE接收的EAS发现响应消息中包含一个或多个EAS的信息，UE需要从该一个或多个EAS中选定一个EAS作为选定的EAS。
根据S804中描述的第二指示信息或S808中描述的第三指示信息，UE向选定的EES发送选定的EAS的信息。该EAS选择通知响应消息包括UE的标识、选定的EAS的信息以及UE的需求业务的业务标识。
UE确定选定的EAS的方法和准则具体可以参考相关标准，此处不作详细描述。
通过UE列表和UE的标识对终端设备的身份先进行确认，以确定终端设备属于UE列表，再根据UE列表的目标业务的标识与UE的需求业务的业务标识对UE的需要获取的业务的类型进行确认，本申请实施例中ECS为UE确定的选定的EES可以为UE获取与UE列表中的其他UE获取相同的业务提供服务，EES为UE确定的选定的EAS可以为UE获取与UE列表中的其他UE获取相同的业务提供应用服务。相对于不考虑UE需要获取业务的类型的方法，本实施例中提供的应用服务器发现的方法有利于为多个UE确定一个提供相同应用服务的应用服务器，有利于多个终端设备获取更多应用服务时获取一致的应用服务体验。
以上结合图9介绍了ECS和EES根据UE列表和业务标识为UE组中的多个UE确定相同的EES和相同的EAS的过程。以下结合图10说明ECS和EES根据业务标识和UE1的标识为UE2确定与UE1相同的EES和相同的EAS的过程。
为便于描述，以下以选定的EES表示该相同的EES，以选定的EAS表示该相同的EAS。首先介绍ECS为UE2确定与UE1相同的EES(选定的EES)的过程。
需要说明的是，在UE2触发执行以下步骤前，UE2需要获取到UE1的标识，并且这里UE2与UE1具有相同的业务需求。
还需要说明的是，在UE2触发执行以下步骤前，UE1已经选择并接入上述业务的EAS，网络侧可以获取到UE1上述业务的业务标识以及上述EAS的标识或地址。
UE2可以通过线上或线下等不同的方式获取UE1的标识，本申请对此不做限制。
示例性地，UE1与UE2相约网络会议，网络会议可以通过UE1和UE2的手机号接入，UE2在本地保存了UE1的手机号码，即UE2获取到UE1的标识。UE2可以通过线上或者线下的方式获取UE1的标识。
同样，示例性地，UE1和UE2相约网络游戏，UE1通过在线通信将游戏邀请链接发送至UE2，该游戏邀请链接中可以包含UE1的标识(游戏中的身份信息)以及业务类型(游戏服务)。UE2根据该游戏邀请链接可以获取UE1的标识。
需要说明的是，该UE1标识也可以是UE1和UE2关联的标识，例如会议号、游戏的房间号等。
S901，UE2向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
该业务提供请求消息用于请求ECS发现EES，该业务提供请求消息也可以称为边缘平台发现请求消息或者还有其他名称，本申请对此不作限定。
该业务提供请求消息包括UE2的标识、UE1的标识以及需求业务的业务标识，该需求业务指UE2需要接入的业务。
需要说明的是，该UE1标识也可以是UE1和UE2关联的标识，例如会议号、游戏的房间号等。
可选地，该业务提供请求消息还包含第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示为当前UE分配与UE1相同的EAS。
S902，ECS确定选定的EES。
在接收UE2发送的业务提供请求消息后，ECS可以获取UE2的标识、UE1的标识以及需求业务的业务标识。
可选地，ECS还可以获取第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示：UE2具有与UE1选择到同一EAS的需求。或者，该第四指示信息用于指示：UE2对于该业务具有与UE1选择到同一EAS的需求。
在一些实施例中，业务提供请求消息中包括第四指示信息，ECS根据该第四指示信息以及UE1的标识，确定将UE1选择的EES作为选定的EES反馈给UE2。
在另一些实施例中，业务提供请求消息中不包括第四指示信息，则ECS可以根据UE1的标识信息确定将UE1选择的EES作为选定的EES反馈给UE2。
具体地，ECS获取到业务提供请求消息中包含了非当前UE的标识信息，则ECS确定为当前UE分配与非当前UE的标识对应的UE相同的EES。
ECS可以通过多种方法获取UE1选择的EES，本申请实施例对此不作限制。示例性地，ECS可以通过登陆服务器获取UE1选择的EES。同样示例性地，ECS可以向UE1发送请求消息，该请求消息中包含UE2接入的业务的业务标识，该请求消息用于请求UE1向ECS上报用于接入该业务标识对应的业务时使用的EES的信息。
S903，ECS向UE2发送业务提供响应消息。
该业务提供响应消息可以称为边缘平台发现响应消息或者还可以有其他名称，本申请对此不作限制，该业务提供响应消息包括选定的EES的信息。
在一些实施例中，该业务提供响应消息可以包括一个或多个EES的信息，该一个或多个EES包括选定的EES，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示UE2选择该选定的EES。
在另一些实施例中，该业务提供响应消息只包括选定的EES的信息。
UE2在接收业务提供响应消息后，可以获取到选定的EES的信息，进而请求选定的EES反馈UE1选择的EAS的信息。
接下来介绍：在确定选定的EES后，选定的EES为UE2确定与UE1相同的EAS的过程。需要说明的是，图9所示实施例中上述S901至S903的过程是为了发现与UE1的EES，在该EES已经被UE2获取的情况下，S901至S903可以不必执行，即S901至S903 的过程是可选地。
S904，UE2发送EAS发现请求消息至选定的EES。
该EAS发现请求消息用于请求从选定的EES获取一个或多个EAS的信息，该一个或多个EAS用于为UE2提供应用服务。该EAS发现请求消息包括UE2的标识、UE1的标识以及需求业务的业务标识，该需求业务指UE2需要获取的业务。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息还可以包括第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示选定的EES为UE2反馈与UE1相同的提供业务标识对应业务的EAS的信息。或者，该第五指示信息用于指示：UE2对于该业务具有与UE1选择到同一EAS的需求。
S905，EES确定EAS。
选定的EES接收UE2发送的EAS发现请求消息后，可以获取UE2的标识、UE1的标识以及需求业务的业务标识。
可选地，选定的EES还可以获取第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示：UE2具有与UE1选择到同一EAS的需求。
在一些实施例中，该EAS发现请求消息包括第五指示信息，选定的EES根据该第五指示信息以及UE1的标识，确定将UE1选择的EAS作为选定的EAS发送给UE2。
在另一些实施例中，该EAS发现请求消息中不包括第五指示信息，选定的EES根据UE1的标识，确定将UE1选择的EAS作为选定的EAS发送给UE2。
具体地，EES获取到EAS发现请求消息中包含了非当前UE的标识信息，则EES确定为当前UE分配与非当前UE的标识对应的UE相同的EAS。
EES可以通过多种方法获取UE1选择的EAS，本申请实施例对此不作限制。示例性地，EES可以通过登陆服务器获取UE1选择的EES。同样示例性地，EES可以向UE1发送请求消息，该请求消息中包含UE2接入的业务的业务标识，该请求消息用于请求UE1向EES上报为UE1提供该业务标识对应业务的EAS的信息。
S906，EES向UE发送EAS发现响应消息。
在一些实施例中，该EAS发现响应消息可以包括一个或多个EAS的信息，该一个或多个EAS包括选定的EAS，该EAS发现响应消息还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示UE2选择选定的EAS。
在另一些实施例中，该EAS发现响应消息只包括选定的EES的信息。
该EAS发现响应消息包括选定的EAS的信息。
可选地，该EAS发现响应消息可以包括一个或多个EAS的信息，该一个或多个EAS包括选定的EAS。
在接收EAS发现响应消息后，UE可以获取选定的EAS的信息。
本申请实施中，ECS可以根据UE2发送的UE1的标识以及业务标识为UE2确定与UE1一致的EES，EES根据UE2发送的UE1的标识以及业务标识可以为UE2确定与UE1一致的EAS，从而，本申请实施例中的技术方案有利于UE2获取与UE1相同的应用服务体验。
以上结合图8至图10介绍了由应用功能请求消息发起的为多个UE确定相同的EES和相同的EAS的过程。以下结合图11至图16说明，在触发应用上下文迁移(ACR)的过程中，ECS和EES为多个UE确定相同的EES和相同的EAS的过程。
ECS可以判断是否需要为一个或多个UE执行ACR，从而确定是否为该一个或多个UE发现目标EES。EES也可以判断是否需要为一个或多个UE执行ACR，从而确定是否为该一个或多个UE发现目标EAS。同样的，EAS也可以判断是否需要为一个或多个UE执行ACR，从而为UE执行的ACR流程。
在为一组UE执行ACR的过程中，可以由ECS、EES或EAS中一个或多个判断是否为UE执行ACR，以下结合图11至图16进行说明。
为便于描述，以下实施例中以源EES(S-EES)和源EAS(S-EAS)表示应用上下文迁移前为UE提供服务的EES和EAS，以目标EES(T-EES)和目标EAS(T-EAS)表示应用上下文迁移后为UE提供服务的EES和EAS，该目标EES和目标EAS还可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
该应用上下文迁移事件的检测可以由UE执行，也可以由S-EES或S-EAS执行，也可以由T-EES或T-EAS执行，以下分别进行说明。
在初始EAS发现时，UE1与S-EAS连接并获取边缘计算服务，这样在UE1发起ACR前，EEC、ECS和S-EES已经获取了UE列表的信息或UE组的组标识和UE组中包含的UE的数目。
S1001，UE1检测并确定是否发起ACR。
具体地，UE1的EEC或AC检测触发ACR的事件并决定是否进行ACR。
UE1确定是否发起ACR的判断依据可以参照相关标准，本申请实施例未对此做出改进，在此不做详细描述。
S1002，UE1向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
当S1001中，UE1确定需要发起ACR，UE1向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
具体地，UE1的AC通过EDGE-5接口向EEC请求边缘计算服务，请求发现EAS、获取EAS的地址等信息；UE的EEC在接收到AC发送的请求消息后向ECS发送业务提供请求消息。
该业务提供请求消息用于请求ECS发现T-EES，该业务提供请求消息也可以称为边缘平台发现请求消息或者还有其他名称，本申请对此不作限定。
该业务提供请求消息可以包括UE的标识和UE的位置等信息。
可选地，该业务提供请求消息中还可以包括UE列表或者UE组的组标识和该UE组中包含的UE的数目。
该UE列表或者UE组的组标识和该UE组中包含的UE的数目可以由AC发送至EEC，EEC进而发送至ECS；或者也可以由EEC通过其他方式获取后发送至ECS。
S1003，ECS确定是否进行ACR。
在接收UE1发送的业务提供请求消息后，ECS可以获取该业务提供请求消息中包含的UE列表或者UE组的组标识和UE组中的UE数目。根据该业务提供请求消息的内容，ECS判断是否需要为该UE列表中包含的一个或多个UE或UE组中的一个或多个UE重新选择EES，即是否进行应用上下文迁移。
具体的，ECS可以基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE重新选择EES。
在一些实施例中，ECS基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE 选择T-EES。
示例性地，当ECS确定UE组中超出阈值数量的UE发生移动时，或者当ECS确定UE组中的一个或多个UE不适合连接至当前EAS上(例如，无法连接至当前的EAS)时，ECS确定需要为该UE组中的所有UE进行应用上下文迁移，即，需要发现T-EES。
同样示例性地，当确定UE组中的某一个UE不适合连接至当前的EAS上时，ECS判断不适合为UE组中所有UE选择同一个EES时，或者ECS判断为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，边缘数据网络提供给UE列表或UE组中的UE的服务性能不佳，在这种情况下，ECS确定需要为该UE进行应用上下文迁移，即，需要发现T-EES。
在另一些实施例中，ECS基于一定的规则判断是否将UE列表或UE组中的所有UE分成多组，并为移动的一个或多个UE选择T-EES。
示例性地，ECS可以根据移动的一个或多个UE上报的需求的服务范围，将需求服务范围的所有UE确定为一组，并为该一组UE确定一个相同的T-EES。
在一个实施例中，当ECS收到UE列表中的第一个请求发现EES的UE的业务提供请求消息后，ECS根据该业务提供请求消息中包含的需求服务范围为第一个请求发现EES的UE确定一个EES，并将该EES作为为该UE列表中的UE提供服务的EES。
S1004，ECS向UE1发送业务提供响应消息。
该业务提供响应消息也可以称为边缘平台发现响应消息、EES发现响应消息或者还可以有其他名称，本申请对此不作限制。
在一些实施例中，ECS在S1003中确定需要为UE重新选择EES，则该业务提供响应消息中包括T-EES的信息和UE列表。
可选地，该业务提供响应消息还可以包括以下信息中的一项或多项：该UE所属UE组的组标识、UE组中包含的UE的数目或UE组中所有UE的位置信息。其中，UE组中所有UE的位置信息可以由ECS从核心网(5 generation core，5GC)获取。
在另一些实施例中，ECS在S1003中确定需要为UE重新选择EES，则该业务提供响应消息中可以包括多个EES的信息、UE列表以及指示信息，该指示信息用于指示选择该多个EES中的某一个EES。
在又一些实施例中，当ECS确定在S1003中确定不需要为该UE重新选择EES，或者不需要为该UE发起ACR，则该业务提供响应消息用于指示不更换EES或者请求发现T-EES失败。
本申请实施例中，ACR的检测和触发有UE执行，ECS确定是否为UE组中的多个终端设备执行ACR。ECS在确定是否执行ACR时考虑了UE组中的多个UE的状态和信息，有利于为多个终端设备确定一个相同且适用于该多个终端设备的EES。
图11介绍了ECS确定是否进行ACR的执行过程，以下结合图12说明，由S-EES检测并触发ACR事件，ECS确定是否进行ACR的执行过程。
在初始EAS发现时，UE1与源EAS连接并获取边缘计算服务，这样在UE1发起ACR前，EEC、ECS和S-EES已经获取了UE列表信息或UE组的组标识和UE组中包含的UE的数目。
S1101，S-EES检测ACR事件。
S-EES检测触发ACR的事件并决定是否进行ACR。
S-EES确定是否发起ACR的判断依据可以参照相关标准，本申请实施例未对此做出改进，在此不做详细描述。
可选地，S-EES也可以判断是否为UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
具体的，S-EES可以基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
在一些实施例中，S-EES基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE发起ACR。
示例性地，当S-EES确定UE组中超出阈值数量的UE发生移动时，或者当S-EES确定UE组中的一个或多个UE不适合连接至当前EAS上(例如，无法连接至当前的EAS)时，S-EES确定需要为该UE组中的所有UE进行应用上下文迁移。
同样示例性地，当确定UE组中的某一个UE不适合连接至当前的EAS上时，S-EES判断不适合为UE组中所有UE选择同一个EAS时，或者S-EES判断为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，边缘数据网络提供给UE列表或UE组中的UE的服务性能不佳，在这种情况下，S-EES确定需要为该UE进行应用上下文迁移。
在另一些实施例中，S-EES基于一定的规则判断是否将UE列表或UE组中的所有UE分成多组，并为移动的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
示例性地，S-EES可以根据移动的一个或多个UE上报的需求的服务范围，将需求服务范围的所有UE确定为一组。
S1102，S-EES向ECS发送EES发现请求消息。
当S1101中，S-EES确定为UE1触发ACR，则S-EES向ECS发送该EES发现请求消息。
该EES发现请求消息包括S-EES服务的UE1的标识，UE1的位置信息、UE1的UE组标识或者包含UE1的UE列表，该EES发现请求消息用于请求ECS为UE1发现T-EES。
可选地，该EES发现请求消息中还可以包括UE1的需求服务范围，该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。该EES发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示为多个UE发现EES。该指示信息可以是显性的指示或者也可以是隐形的指示。
示例性地，该指示信息为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的EES用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
示例性地，该指示信息为隐性的指示，该隐性的指示可以为UE列表或者UE组的组标识，在ECS获取到个UE列表或UE组的组标识后可以确定需要发现的EES用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
S1103，可选地，ECS确定是否进行ACR。
在上述S-EES已经确定需要为UE发起ACR的情况下，ECS确定是否进行ACR的步骤是可以不执行的，即S1103是可选的。
在收到EES发现请求消息后，ECS可以获取该业务提供请求消息中包含的UE列表或者UE组的组标识和UE组中的UE数目。根据该EES发现请求消息的内容，ECS判断是 否需要为该UE列表中包含的全部UE或UE组中的一个或多个UE重新选择EES，即是否进行应用上下文迁移。
具体的，ECS可以基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE重新选择EES。
在一些实施例中，ECS基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE选择T-EES。
示例性地，当ECS确定UE组中超出阈值数量的UE发生移动时，或者当ECS确定UE组中的一个或多个UE不适合连接至当前EAS上(例如，无法连接至当前的EAS)时，ECS确定需要为该UE组中的所有UE进行应用上下文迁移，即，需要发现T-EES。
同样示例性地，当确定UE组中的某一个UE不适合连接至当前的EAS上时，ECS判断不适合为UE组中所有UE选择同一个EES时，或者ECS判断为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，边缘数据网络提供给UE列表或UE组中的UE的服务性能不佳时，ECS确定需要为该UE进行应用上下文迁移，即，需要发现T-EES。
在另一些实施例中，ECS基于一定的规则判断是否将UE列表或UE组中的所有UE分成多组，并为移动的一个或多个UE选择T-EES。
示例性地，ECS可以根据移动的一个或多个UE上报的需求的服务范围，将需求服务范围的所有UE确定为一组，并为该一组UE确定一个相同的T-EES。
S1104，ECS向S-EES发送EES发现响应消息。
在确定是否需要为该UE或UE列表中的部分或全部UE重新选择EES后，该ECS向S-EES发送EES发现响应消息。
上述EES发现响应消息的内容也可以承载在EES发现响应消息中或者其他消息中，本申请对此不作限制。
在一些实施例中，S1103中，ECS确定需要为UE重新选择EES，则该EES发现响应消息中包括T-EES的信息和UE列表。
可选地，该EES发现响应消息中还可以包括以下信息中的一项或多项：该UE所属UE组的组标识、该UE组中包含的UE的数目或UE组中所有UE的位置信息，其中UE组中所有UE的位置信息可以由ECS从核心网(5GC)获取。
在另一些实施例中，ECS在S1103中确定需要为UE重新选择EES，则该EES发现响应消息中可以包括多个EES的信息、UE列表以及指示信息，该指示信息用于指示选择该多个EES中的某一个EES。
在接收ECS发送的EES发现响应消息后，S-EES可以获取多个EES的信息，进而，S-EES可以根据UE的需求服务范围从多个EES中确定一个T-EES。
可选地，S-EES也可以根据EES发现响应消息后根据指示信息选择一个T-EES。
在又一些实施例中，S1103中ECS确定不需要为UE重新选择EES，或者不需要为该UE发起ACR，则该EES发现响应消息用于指示不更换EES或者请求发现T-EES失败。
本申请实施例中，ACR的检测和触发有S-EES执行，ECS确定是否为UE组中的多个终端设备执行ACR。ECS在确定是否执行ACR时考虑了UE组中的多个UE的状态和信息，有利于为多个终端设备确定一个相同且适用于该多个终端设备的EES。
上述ACR的检测也可以由S-EAS执行，相应的执行过程如图13所示：
在初始EAS发现时，UE1与S-EAS连接并获取边缘计算服务，这样在UE1发起ACR前，EEC、ECS和S-EES已经获取了UE列表信息或UE组的组标识和UE组中包含的UE的数目。
S1201，S-EAS检测ACR事件。
S-EAS检测触发ACR的事件并决定是否进行ACR。
S-EAS确定是否发起ACR的判断依据可以参照相关标准，本申请实施例未对此做出改进，在此不做详细描述。
可选地，S-EAS也可以判断是否为UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
具体的，S-EAS可以基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
在一些实施例中，S-EAS基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE发起ACR。
示例性地，当S-EAS确定UE组中超出阈值数量的UE发生移动时，或者当S-EAS确定UE组中的一个或多个UE不适合连接至当前EAS上(例如，无法连接至当前的EAS)时，S-EAS确定需要为该UE组中的所有UE进行应用上下文迁移。
同样示例性地，当确定UE组中的某一个UE不适合连接至当前的EAS上时，S-EAS判断不适合为UE组中所有UE选择同一个EAS时，或者S-EAS判断为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，边缘数据网络提供给UE列表或UE组中的UE的服务性能不佳，在这种情况下，S-EAS确定需要为该UE进行应用上下文迁移。
在另一些实施例中，S-EAS基于一定的规则判断是否将UE列表或UE组中的所有UE分成多组，并为移动的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
示例性地，S-EAS可以根据移动的一个或多个UE上报的需求的服务范围，将需求服务范围的所有UE确定为一组。
S1202，可选地，S-EAS向S-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
当S1201中S-EAS确定需要进行ACR，则S-EAS向S-EES发送EAS发现请求消息，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE的标识、UE的位置信息和UE列表。
或者，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE的标识、UE的位置信息和该UE所属UE组的组标识。可选地，该EAS发现请求消息还可以包括该UE组中包含的UE的数目。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息还可以包括需求服务范围或指示信息，该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的服务范围，该指示信息用于指示ECS为UE组中UE选择同一个EES，该指示信息也可以用于指示EES为UE组中的UE选择同一个EAS。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE的需求服务范围的信息，该该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。
该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示为多个UE发现EAS。该指示信息可以是显性的指示或者也可以是隐形的指示。
示例性地，该指示信息为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的EAS用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
示例性地，该指示信息为隐性的指示，该隐性的指示可以为UE列表或者UE组的组标识，在S-EES获取到个UE列表或UE组的组标识后可以确定需要发现的EAS用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
S1203，S-EES向ECS发送EES发现请求消息。
可选地，S-EES在接收S-EAS发送的EAS发现请求消息后也可以判断是否需要为UE组或UE列表中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。具体的判断过程与S1101中相关描述类似，为了简洁，此处不作赘述。
该EES发现请求消息包括源EES服务的UE的标识，该UE的位置信息、该UE的UE组标识或者包含该UE的UE列表，该EES发现请求消息用于请求ECS为该UE发现T-EES。
可选地，该EES发现请求消息中还可以包括UE的需求服务范围，该该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。
S1204，可选地，ECS确定是否进行ACR。
在述S-EAS或者S-EES已经确定需要为UE发起ACR的情况下，ECS确定是否进行ACR的步骤是可以不执行的，即S1204是可选的。
在收到EES发现请求消息后，ECS可以获取该业务提供请求消息中包含的UE列表或者UE组的组标识和UE组中的UE数目。根据该EES发现请求消息的内容，ECS判断是否需要为该UE列表中包含的全部UE或UE组中的一个或多个UE重新选择EES，即是否进行应用上下文迁移。
具体的，ECS可以基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE重新选择EES。
在一些实施例中，ECS基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE选择T-EES。
示例性地，当ECS确定UE组中超出阈值数量的UE发生移动时，或者当ECS确定UE组中的一个或多个UE不适合连接至当前EAS上(例如，无法连接至当前的EAS)时，ECS确定需要为该UE组中的所有UE进行应用上下文迁移，即，需要发现T-EES。
同样示例性地，当确定UE组中的某一个UE不适合连接至当前的EAS上时，ECS判断不适合为UE组中所有UE选择同一个EES时，或者ECS判断为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，边缘数据网络提供给UE列表或UE组中的UE的服务性能不佳时，ECS确定需要为该UE进行应用上下文迁移，即，需要发现T-EES。
在另一些实施例中，ECS基于一定的规则判断是否将UE列表或UE组中的所有UE分成多组，并为移动的一个或多个UE选择T-EES。
示例性地，ECS可以根据移动的一个或多个UE上报的需求的服务范围，将需求服务范围的所有UE确定为一组，并为该一组UE确定一个相同的T-EES。
S1205，ECS向S-EES发送EES发现响应消息。
在确定是否需要为该UE或UE列表中的部分或全部UE重新选择EES后，该ECS向S-EES发送EES发现响应消息。
上述EES发现响应消息的内容也可以承载在EES发现响应消息中或者其他消息中，本申请对此不作限制。
在一些实施例中，S1204中，ECS确定需要为UE重新选择EES，则该EES发现响应消息中包括T-EES的信息和UE列表。
可选地，该EES发现响应消息中还可以包括以下信息中的一项或多项：该UE所属UE组的组标识、该UE组中包含的UE的数目或UE组中所有UE的位置信息，其中UE组中所有UE的位置信息可以由ECS从核心网(5GC)获取。
在另一些实施例中，ECS在S1204中确定需要为UE重新选择EES，则该EES发现响应消息中可以包括多个EES的信息、UE列表以及指示信息，该指示信息用于指示选择该多个EES中的某一个EES。
在接收ECS发送的EES发现响应消息后，S-EES可以获取多个EES的信息，进而，S-EES可以根据UE的需求服务范围从多个EES中确定一个T-EES。
可选地，S-EES也可以根据EES发现响应消息后根据指示信息选择一个T-EES。
在又一些实施例中，S1204中ECS确定不需要为UE重新选择EES，或者不需要为该UE发起ACR，则该EES发现响应消息用于指示不更换EES或者请求发现T-EES失败。
本申请实施例中，ACR的检测和触发有S-EAS执行，ECS确定是否为UE组中的多个终端设备执行ACR。ECS在确定是否执行ACR时考虑了UE组中的多个UE的状态和信息，有利于为多个终端设备确定一个相同且适用于该多个终端设备的EES。
上述图11至图13介绍了ECS确定是否进行ACR的过程，以下结合图14至图16说明T-EES发现T-EAS的过程。需要说明的是，在该T-EES已经被UE获取的情况下或者在不需要更换T-EES的情况下，上述ECS确定T-EES的过程可以不必执行，或者说，对于T-EES发现T-EAS或者候选ACR迁移过程而言，上述ECS发现T-EES的过程是可选地。
如图14所示，为UE1触发的ACR事件过程中为UE组中的多个UE确定相同的T-EAS的执行过程。
在初始EAS发现时，UE1与S-EAS连接并获取边缘计算服务，这样在UE1发起ACR前，EEC、ECS和S-EES已经获取了UE列表信息或UE组的组标识和UE组中包含的UE的数目。
S1301，UE1向T-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
在UE1发送该EAS发现请求消息前，UE1已经获取了T-EES的信息(如T-EES的地址信息)，示例性地，如图11所示，UE1通过接收ECS发送的业务提供响应消息可以获取T-EES的信息。
该EAS发现请求消息用于请求T-EES为UE执行EAS发现，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE列表、UE的标识和UE位置等信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE列表中包含的所有UE的位置信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示T-EES利用UE的最新的位置信息执行EAS发现流程。该指示信息还可以用于指示T-EES从核心网或ECS或者通过其他方式获取UE列表中所有UE的位置信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE组的组标识和UE组中包含UE数目 的信息。
S1302，T-EES确定T-EAS。
在接收EAS发现请求消息后，T-EES获取EAS发现请求消息中包含的UE标识、UE的位置信息和UE列表。根据该EAS发现请求消息，T-EES确定T-EAS。
可选地，在确定T-EAS前，T-EES可以先判断是否为UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
具体的，T-EES可以基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
在一些实施例中，T-EES基于一定的规则判断是否为该UE列表或UE组中的所有UE发起ACR。
示例性地，当T-EES确定UE组中超出阈值数量的UE发生移动时，或者当T-EES确定UE组中的一个或多个UE不适合连接至当前EAS上(例如，无法连接至当前的EAS)时，T-EES确定需要为该UE组中的所有UE进行应用上下文迁移。
同样示例性地，当确定UE组中的某一个UE不适合连接至当前的EAS上时，T-EES判断不适合为UE组中所有UE选择同一个EAS时，或者T-EES判断为UE组中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，边缘数据网络提供给UE列表或UE组中的UE的服务性能不佳，在这种情况下，T-EES确定需要为该UE进行应用上下文迁移。
在另一些实施例中，T-EES基于一定的规则判断是否将UE列表或UE组中的所有UE分成多组，并为移动的一个或多个UE发起ACR。
示例性地，T-EES可以根据移动的一个或多个UE上报的需求的服务范围，将需求服务范围的所有UE确定为一组。
T-EES根据UE列表中的UE的标识和UE的位置信息，选择T-EAS。
在一些实施例中UE列表中其他UE的位置信息由T-EES从核心网(5GC)获取。
在另一些实施例中，UE中其他UE的位置信息包含在EAS发现请求消息中。
在一些实施例中，T-EES确定不适合为UE列表中的所有UE选择同一个EAS，或者T-EES确定由多个EAS为UE列表中的所有UE提供服务有利于提高UE组中的UE获取的服务性能，则T-EES为该UE列表中的所有UE选择多个T-EAS。
S1303，T-EES向UE1发送EAS发现响应消息。
该EAS发现响应消息包括一个或多个T-EAS的标识以及一个或多个T-EAS的地址等信息。
可选地，T-EES还可以向UE1发送UE组的组标识和UE组中UE的数目。
可选地，T-EES还可以向UE1发送UE列表。
可选地，T-EES还可以向UE1发送UE组的组标识、UE组中UE的数目和UE列表。
S1304，UE1向S-EES或T-EES发送ACR请求消息。
在接收EAS发现响应消息后，UE1可以获取T-EAS的标识和T-EAS的地址。在获取上述信息后，UE1可以向S-EES请求执行ACR。
具体地，UE1向S-EES发送ACR请求消息，该请求消息用于请求S-EES为该UE执行ACR。该ACR请求消息包括T-EAS的信息、T-EES的信息，UE组的组标识或UE列表。
或者，UE1也可以发送ACR请求消息至T-EES，请求T-EES执行ACR。
具体地，EEC向T-EES发送ACR请求消息，该请求消息用于请求T-EES为该UE执行ACR。该ACR请求消息包括S-EAS的信息、S-EES的信息，UE组的组标识或UE列表。
S1305，可选的，S-EES向S-EAS发送通知消息。
该通知消息可以包括UE的标识和/或UE列表，该通知消息用于通知S-EAS为该UE或者该UE列表中包含的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移。
S-EAS在接收该通知消息后，可以获取UE的标识和/或UE列表，进而，S-EAS为该UE或UE列表中的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移。
可选地，该通知消息中还包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示S-EAS为UE或UE列表中的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移，该指示信息还可以用于指示优先为某一个UE发起应用上下文迁移。
或者，当S1304中，UE1向T-EES发送ACR请求消息，则S1305中，T-EES可以向T-EAS发送通知消息。
该通知消息可以包括UE的标识和/或UE列表，该通知消息用于通知T-EAS为该UE或者该UE列表中包含的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移。
T-EAS在接收该通知消息后，可以获取UE的标识和/或UE列表，进而，T-EAS为该UE或UE列表中的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移。
可选地，该通知消息中还包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示T-EAS为UE或UE列表中的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移，该指示信息还可以用于指示优先为某一个UE发起应用上下文迁移。
S1306，S-EES向UE1发送ACR响应消息。
S-EES在接收ACR请求消息后，可以获取T-EES的信息、T-EAS的信息以及UE组的组标识或UE列表。
该ACR响应消息用于指示S1305中，是否成功通知S-EAS为该UE或UE列表中的包含的所有UE发起应用上下文迁移。
或者，当S1304中，UE1向T-EES发送ACR请求消息，则S1306中，T-EES可以向UE1发送ACR响应消息。
S1307，S-EES，或S-EAS为其余UE触发ACR。
或者，当S1304中，UE1向T-EES发送ACR请求消息，则S1307中为其余UE触发ACR，也可以由T-EES或T-EAS执行。
S1308，S-EES或T-EES向UE列表中的其余UE发送目标信息通知。
该目标信息通知(target information notification)可以包括T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息。UE列表中的其余UE在获取T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息后，可以直接向T-EES和T-EAS请求执行ACR，无需检测触发ACR的试件以及确定是否需要执行ACR的流程。
或者，当EEC向EES订阅了ACR信息相关的通知消息，S-EES或T-EES在应用上下文迁移完成后，发送ACR完成通知信息至EEC。
S1309，S-EES或S-EAS为UE列表中的所有UE执行ACR。
或者，T-EES或T-EAS为UE列表中的所有UE执行ACR。
本申请实施例中，UE1向S-EES请求执行ACR，S-EES在获取T-EES和T-EAS的信息后发送给UE组中的其他UE，并指示S-EAS为UE组中的UE执行ACR。本申请实施例可以提高为多个UE执行ACR的效率，可以减少UE在执行ACR的过程中的通信信令开销。
上述结合图14说明了由终端设备检测触发ACR的执行过程中T-EAS的确定过程，以下结合图15说明，网络侧的S-EES检测触发ACR的执行过程中T-EAS的确定过程。
在初始EAS发现时，UE1与S-EAS连接并获取边缘计算服务，这样在UE1发起ACR前，EEC、ECS和S-EES已经获取了UE列表信息或UE组的组标识和UE组中包含的UE的数目。
S1401，S-EES向T-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
在S-EES发送该EAS发现请求消息前，S-EES已经获取了T-EES的信息(如T-EES的地址信息)，示例性地，如图12所示，S-EES通过接收ECS发送的业务提供响应消息可以获取T-EES的信息。
可选地，在S-EES发送EAS发现请求消息前，S-EES也可以判断是否为UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。S-EES判断的具体过程与S1101类似，详细可以参考S1101，此处不作赘述。
该EAS发现请求消息用于请求T-EES为UE1执行EAS发现，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE列表、UE的标识和UE的位置信息等信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE列表中包含的所有UE的位置信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示T-EES利用UE的最新的位置信息执行EAS发现流程。该指示信息还可以用于指示T-EES从核心网或ECS或者通过其他方式获取UE列表中所有UE的位置信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE组的组标识和UE组中包含UE数目的信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括S-EES的信息和S-EAS的信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE的需求服务范围的信息，该该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。
该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示为多个UE发现EAS。该指示信息可以是显性的指示或者也可以是隐形的指示。
示例性地，该指示信息为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的EAS用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
示例性地，该指示信息为隐性的指示，该隐性的指示可以为UE列表或者UE组的组标识，在T-EES获取到个UE列表或UE组的组标识后可以确定需要发现的EAS用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
S1402，T-EES确定T-EAS。
S1402的执行过程与S1302类似，具体可以参考S1302，为了简洁，此处不作赘述。
S1403，T-EES向S-EES发送EAS发现响应消息。
该EAS发现响应消息包括一个或多个T-EAS的标识以及一个或多个T-EAS的地址等信息。
S1404，S-EES向UE1发送目标信息通知。
该目标信息通知可以包括T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息。
S1405，S-EES，或S-EAS为其余UE触发ACR。
或者，当S1401中，S-EES发送的EAS发现请求消息中包含S-EES的信息和S-EAS的信息，则S1405中为其余UE触发ACR，也可以由T-EES或T-EAS执行。
S1406，S-EES或T-EES向UE列表中的其余UE发送目标信息通知。
该目标信息通知可以包括T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息。UE列表中的其余UE在获取T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息后，可以直接向T-EES和T-EAS请求执行ACR，无需检测触发ACR的试件以及确定是否需要执行ACR的流程。
或者，当EEC向EES订阅了ACR信息相关的通知消息，S-EES或T-EES在应用上下文迁移完成后，发送ACR完成通知信息至EEC。
S1407，S-EES或S-EAS为UE组中的所有UE执行ACR。
或者，当S1401中EAS发现请求消息中包括了S-EES的信息和S-EAS的信息，则S1407中T-EES或T-EAS可以为UE组中的所有UE执行ACR。
本申请实施例中，S-EES在从T-EES获取T-EAS的信息后发送给UE组中的UE，并指示S-EAS为UE组中的UE执行ACR。本申请实施例可以提高为多个UE执行ACR的效率，可以减少UE在执行ACR的过程中的通信信令开销。
当ACR的检测和确定由S-EAS触发，则T-EAS的确定过程如图16所示。
在初始EAS发现时，UE1与S-EAS连接并获取边缘计算服务，这样在UE1发起ACR前，EEC、ECS和S-EES已经获取了UE列表信息或UE组的组标识和UE组中包含的UE的数目。
S1501，S-EES向T-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
当S-EES接收到S-EAS发送的EAS发现请求消息后，S-EES会执行如图13所示的执行过程。通过该执行过程，S-EES可以获取到T-EES的信息，并响应于S-EAS发送的EAS发现请求，S-EES向T-EES发送EAS发现请求消息。
可选地，在S-EES发送EAS发现请求消息前，S-EES也可以判断是否为UE列表或UE组中的一个或多个UE发起ACR。S-EES判断的具体过程与S1101类似，详细可以参考S1101，此处不作赘述。
该EAS发现请求消息用于请求T-EES为UE执行EAS发现，该EAS发现请求消息包括UE列表、UE的标识和UE的位置信息等信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE列表中包含的所有UE的位置信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示T-EES利用UE的最新的位置信息执行EAS发现流程。该指示信息还可以用于指示T-EES从核心网或ECS或者通过其他方式获取UE列表中所有UE的位置信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE组的组标识和UE组中包含UE数目的信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息还可以包括S-EES的信息和S-EAS的信息。
可选地，该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括UE的需求服务范围的信息，该该需求服务范围为根据UE的位置信息确定的所需的应用服务范围。
具体地，上述需求服务范围可以是EES或EAS服务范围的等级(例如，区级或市级的EES)或者也可以是具体的地理服务范围(例如服务范围是北京市的EAS)。
该EAS发现请求消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示为多个UE发现EAS。该指示信息可以是显性的指示或者也可以是隐形的指示。
示例性地，该指示信息为显性的指示，即直接指示需要发现的EAS用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
示例性地，该指示信息为隐性的指示，该隐性的指示可以为UE列表或者UE组的组标识，在T-EES获取到个UE列表或UE组的组标识后可以确定需要发现的EAS用于为多个UE提供应用服务。
S1502，T-EES确定T-EAS。
S1502的执行过程与S1302类似，具体可以参考S1302，为了简洁，此处不作赘述。
S1503，T-EES向S-EES发送EAS发现响应消息。
该EAS发现响应消息包括一个或多个T-EAS的标识以及一个或多个T-EAS的地址等信息。
S1504，S-EES向S-EAS发送EAS发现响应消息。
该EAS发现响应消息包括一个或多个T-EAS的标识以及一个或多个T-EAS的地址等信息。
可选地，在接收EAS发现响应消息后，为多个UE执行ACR前，S-EAS还可以对是否需要为多个UE执行ACR进行判断。具体的判断过程与S1202中的相关描述类似，详细可以参考S1202，此处不作赘述。
S1505，S-EAS向S-EES发送T-EAS选定申明消息。
该T-EAS选定申明(selected T-EAS declaration request)消息包括选定的T-EAS的信息、UE列表或者UE组的组标识。
可选地，该T-EAS选定申明消息还包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示S-EES为UE列表或UE组中的其他UE触发执行ACR。
S1506，S-EES向S-EAS发送T-EAS选定申明响应消息。
该T-EAS选定申明响应(selected T-EAS declaration response)消息用于指示S-EAS是否可以为UE列表或UE组中的其他UE触发执行ACR。
S1507，S-EES或S-EAS为其余UE触发ACR。
或者，当S1501中，S-EES发送的EAS发现请求消息中包含S-EES的信息和S-EAS的信息，则S1507中为其余UE触发ACR，也可以由T-EES或T-EAS执行。
S1508，S-EES或T-EES向UE列表中的其余UE发送目标信息通知消息。
该目标信息通知可以包括T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息。UE列表中的其余UE在获取T-EES的信息和T-EAS的信息后，可以直接向T-EES和T-EAS请求执行ACR，无需检测触发ACR的试件以及确定是否需要执行ACR的流程。
或者，当EEC向EES订阅了ACR信息相关的通知消息，S-EES或T-EES在应用上下文迁移完成后，发送ACR完成通知信息至EEC。
S1509，S-EES或S-EAS为UE列表中的所有UE执行ACR。
或者，当S1501中，S-EES发送的EAS发现请求消息中包含S-EES的信息和S-EAS的信息，则S1509中为UE执行ACR的过程，也可以由T-EES或T-EAS完成。
本申请实施例中，S-EES在从T-EES获取多个EAS的信息后发送给S-EAS,S-EAS选定T-EAS后发送给S-EES，进而S-EES将T-EAS的信息发送给UE组中的UE，并指示S-EAS为UE组中的UE执行ACR。本申请实施例可以提高为多个UE执行ACR的效率，可以减少UE在执行ACR的过程中的通信信令开销。
基于与以上方法实施例相同的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置可具备上述方法实施例中的配置服务器、使能服务器或终端设备或第一实体的功能，并可用于执行上述方法实施例中由配置服务器或使能服务器或终端设备或第一实体的功能执行的步骤。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过软件或者硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。
在一种可能的实现方式中，如图17所示的通信装置1700可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的配置服务器，并执行上述方法实施例中由配置服务器执行的步骤。
如图17所示，该通信装置1700可包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720，以上收发单元1710和处理单元1720之间相互耦合。
收发单元1710可用于支持通信装置1700进行通信，例如执行图3、图5、图6、图7、图8、图9和图10等中的S201、S203、S401、S403、S501、S503、S601、S603、S701、S703、S801、S803、S804、S901和S903等由配置服务器执行的发送和/或接收的动作。
处理单元1720可用于支持所述通信装置1700执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如执行图3、图4、图5、图6、图7、图8、图9和图10等中的S202、S302、S402、S502、S602、S702、S802和S902等由配置服务器执行的处理动作。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，如图17所示的通信装置1700可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的使能服务器，并执行上述方法实施例中由使能服务器执行的步骤。
如图17所示，该通信装置1700可包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720，收发单元1710和处理单元1720之间相互耦合。
收发单元1710可用于支持通信装置1700进行通信，例如执行图2、图4、图5、图6、图7、图8、图9和图10等中的S101、S103、S301、S303、S304、S305、S401、S403、S504、S604、S704、S805和S904等由使能服务器执行的发送和/或接收的动作。
处理单元1720可用于支持所述通信装置1700执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如执行图2、图4、图6、图7、图8、图9和图10等中的S102、S302、S505、S605、S705、S807和S905等由使能服务器执行的处理动作。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，如图17所示的通信装置1700可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的终端设备，并执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的步骤。
如图17所示，该通信装置1700可包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720，收发单元1710和处理单元1720之间相互耦合。
收发单元1710可用于支持通信装置1700进行通信，例如执行图2、图3、图6、图8、图9和图10等中的S101、S201、S501、S701、S801和S901等由终端设备执行的发送和/或接收的动作。
处理单元1720可用于支持所述通信装置1700执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如执行图6、图8、图9和图10等中的选择使能服务器或应用服务器等由终端设备执行的处理动作。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，如图17所示的通信装置1700可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的第一实体，并执行上述方法实施例中由第一实体执行的步骤。
如图17所示，该通信装置1700可包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720，收发单元1710和处理单元1720之间相互耦合。
收发单元1710可用于支持通信装置1700进行通信，例如执行图7、图11、图12、图13、图14和图15等中的S601、S604、S1002、S1102、S1203、S1304、S1401、S1501、S1504和S1506等由第一实体执行的发送和/或接收的动作。
处理单元1720可用于支持所述通信装置1700执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如执行图11、图12、图14、和图15等中的S1001、S1101、S1307、S1405和S1507等由第一实体执行的处理的动作。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，如图17所示的通信装置1700可作为上述方法实施例所涉及的应用服务器，并执行上述方法实施例中由应用服务器执行的步骤。
如图17所示，该通信装置1700可包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720，收发单元1710和处理单元1720之间相互耦合。
收发单元1710可用于支持通信装置1700进行通信，例如执行图4、图8、图13、图14和图16等中的S301、S305、S706、S1202、S1305和S1506等由应用服务器执行的发送和/或接收的动作。
处理单元1720可用于支持所述通信装置1700执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如执行图13、图14、图15和图16等中的S1201、S1307、S1405和S1507等由应用服务器执行的处理动作。
可选的，通信装置1700还可以包括存储单元1730，用于存储通信装置1700的程序代码和数据。
图18是本申请实施例提供的通信设备1800的示意性框图。如图所示，该通信设备1800包括：至少一个处理器1810和收发器1820。该处理器1810与存储器耦合，用于执行存储器中存储的指令，以控制收发器1820发送信号和/或接收信号。
可选地，该通信设备1800还包括存储器1830，用于存储指令。
在一些实施例中，上述处理器1810和存储器1830可以合成一个处理装置，处理器1810用于执行存储器1830中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时，该存储器1830也可以集成在处理1810中，或者独立于处理器1810。
在一些实施例中，收发器1820可以包括接收器(或者称，接收机)和发射器(或者称，发射机)。
收发器1820还可以进一步包括天线，天线的数量可以为一个或多个。收发器1820有可以是通信接口或者接口电路。
当该通信设备1800为芯片时，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口；处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由通信设备执行的方法的计算机指令。
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由通信设备执行的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括用于实现上述方法实施例中由通信设备执行的方法的计算机程序代码。当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得上述发现应用服务器的方法被执行。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，包括处理器，用于读取存储器中存储的指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，使得芯片实现上述方法实施例中的发现应用服务器的方法被执行。
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例，此处不再赘述。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟 悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (27)

  1. 一种发现应用服务器的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    配置服务器接收第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器，所述使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务；
    所述配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定所述使能服务器，所述终端设备群组包括所述多个终端设备；
    所述配置服务器发送第一响应消息，所述第一响应消息包括所述使能服务器的信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一请求消息包括第一发现信息和/或第二发现信息，所述第一发现信息用于指示为所述多个终端设备发现所述使能服务器，所述第二发现信息用于说明所述多个终端设备需要的服务范围，所述方法还包括：
    所述配置服务器根据所述第一发现信息和/或所述第二发现信息确定所述使能服务器。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一响应消息还包括第一上报指示信息，所述第一上报指示信息用于指示向所述配置服务器发送所述使能服务器的信息。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，所述第二上报指示信息用于指示向所述使能服务器发送应用服务器的信息，所述应用服务器用于为所述多个终端设备提供应用服务。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述配置服务器向所述使能服务器发送选择指示信息，所述选择指示信息用于指示所述使能服务器为所述多个终端设备选择同一个应用服务器。
  6. 一种发现应用服务器的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    使能服务器接收第二请求消息，所述第二请求消息用于请求发现应用服务器，所述应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务；
    所述使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定所述应用服务器，所述终端设备群组包括所述多个终端设备；
    所述使能服务器发送第二响应消息，所述第二响应消息包括所述应用服务器的信息。
  7. 根据权利要求1或6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，所述终端设备列表包括所述多个终端设备的设备标识，所述群组标识用于标识所述终端设备群组。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息和/或业务标识，所述位置信息为所述多个终端设备的位置信息，所述业务标识用于标识所述多个终端设备需要获取的业务。
  9. 根据权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二请求消息还包括第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息，所述第三发现信息用于指示为所述多个终端设备发现所述应用服务器，所述第四发现信息用于说明所述多个终端设备需要的应用服务范围，所述方法还包括：
    所述使能服务器根据所述第三发现信息和/或第四发现信息确定所述应用服务器。
  10. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二响应消息还包括第二上报指示信息，所述第二上报指示信息用于指示向所述使能服务器发送所述应用服务器的信息。
  11. 一种发现应用服务器的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    配置服务器接收第三请求消息，所述第三请求消息用于请求发现目标使能服务器，所述目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；
    所述配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移，所述终端设备群组包括所述多个终端设备；
    所述配置服务器发送第三响应消息，所述第三响应消息用于指示是否为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备群组的信息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，所述终端设备列表包括所述多个终端设备的设备标识，所述群组标识用于标识所述终端设备群组。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备群组的信息还包括位置信息，所述位置信息为所述多个终端设备的位置信息。
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    在所述配置服务器确定为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移的情况下，所述第三响应消息包括所述目标使能服务器的信息；所述第三响应消息还包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，所述终端设备列表包括所述多个终端设备的设备标识，所述群组标识用于标识包括所述多个终端设备的终端设备群组。
  15. 一种发现应用服务器的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    使能服务器接收第四请求消息，所述第四请求消息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，所述终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，所述群组标识用于标识包含所述多个终端设备的终端设备群组，所述第四请求消息用于请求为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；
    所述使能服务器为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述使能服务器向应用服务器发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息包括所述终端设备列表，所述第一通知消息用于通知所述应用服务器为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述使能服务器向所述多个终端设备发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息包括目标使能服务器的信息和/或目标应用服务器的信息，所述目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为所述多个终端设备提供服务，所述目标应用服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为所述多个终端设备提供应用服务。
  18. 一种发现应用服务器的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求发现使能服务器，所述使能服务器用于为多个终端设备提供服务；
    配置服务器接收所述第一请求消息；
    所述配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定使能服务器，所述终端设备群组包括所述多个终端设备；
    所述配置服务器发送第一响应消息，所述第一响应消息包括所述使能服务器的信息；
    所述第一终端设备接收所述第一响应消息。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备发送第二请求消息，所述第二请求消息用于请求发现应用服务器，所述应用服务器用于为多个终端设备提供应用服务；
    使能服务器接收所述第二请求消息；
    所述使能服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定应用服务器，所述终端设备群组包括多个终端设备；
    所述使能服务器发送第二响应消息，所述第二响应消息包括所述应用服务器的信息；
    所述第一终端设备接收所述第二响应消息。
  20. 一种发现应用服务器的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一实体发送第三请求消息，所述第三请求消息用于请求发现目标使能服务器，所述目标使能服务器用于在应用上下文迁移后为多个终端设备提供服务；
    配置服务器接收所述第三请求消息；
    所述配置服务器根据终端设备群组的信息确定是否为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移，所述终端设备群组包括所述多个终端设备；
    所述配置服务器发送第三响应消息，所述第三响应消息用于指示是否为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；
    所述第一实体接收第三响应消息。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一实体发送第四请求消息，所述第四请求消息包括终端设备列表和/或群组标识，所述终端设备列表包括多个终端设备的设备标识，所述群组标识用于标识包含所述多个终端设备的终端设备群组，所述第四请求消息用于请求为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移；
    使能服务器接收所述第四请求消息；
    所述使能服务器为所述多个终端设备执行应用上下文迁移。
  22. 一种应用服务器选择的装置，其特征在于，包括实现权利要求1至5、权利要求6至10、权利要求11至14或者权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  23. 一种发现应用服务器的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令，以使得所述装置执行：权利要求1至5或者权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法。
  24. 一种发现应用服务器的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令，以使得所述装置执行：权利要求6至10或者权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法。
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被计算机执行时，以使得实现权利要求1至5、权利要求6至10、权利要求11至14或者权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法。
  26. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，权利要求1至5、权利要求6至10、权利要求11至14或者权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法被执行。
  27. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于读取存储器中存储的指令，当所述处理器执行所述指令时，使得所述芯片实现上述权利要求1至5、权利要求6至10、权利要求11至14或者权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/082997 2022-03-30 2023-03-22 发现应用服务器的方法和装置 WO2023185567A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210326136.6A CN116939036A (zh) 2022-03-30 2022-03-30 发现应用服务器的方法和装置
CN202210326136.6 2022-03-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023185567A1 true WO2023185567A1 (zh) 2023-10-05

Family

ID=88199262

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/082997 WO2023185567A1 (zh) 2022-03-30 2023-03-22 发现应用服务器的方法和装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116939036A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023185567A1 (zh)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113691969A (zh) * 2021-07-16 2021-11-23 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置
US20220015018A1 (en) * 2020-07-13 2022-01-13 Qualcomm Incorporated User equipment (ue) triggered edge computing application context relocation
WO2022057736A1 (zh) * 2020-09-16 2022-03-24 华为技术有限公司 授权方法及装置

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220015018A1 (en) * 2020-07-13 2022-01-13 Qualcomm Incorporated User equipment (ue) triggered edge computing application context relocation
WO2022057736A1 (zh) * 2020-09-16 2022-03-24 华为技术有限公司 授权方法及装置
CN113691969A (zh) * 2021-07-16 2021-11-23 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LENOVO, MOTOROLA MOBILITY: "KI#4: Influencing UPF and EAS (re)location for collections of UEs", 3GPP TSG-WG SA2 MEETING #149E E-MEETING S2-2201088, 28 January 2022 (2022-01-28), XP052125276 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116939036A (zh) 2023-10-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11190602B2 (en) Communication method and communications device
US11729137B2 (en) Method and device for edge application server discovery
KR20210005279A (ko) 세션 관리 방법, 장치 및 시스템
WO2019001174A1 (zh) 一种应用实例地址的转换方法和装置
CN113891430A (zh) 一种通信的方法、装置及系统
WO2021135663A1 (zh) 应用实例确定的方法、装置及系统
WO2019196811A1 (zh) 通信方法和相关装置
WO2018098609A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022033345A1 (zh) 一种pdu会话建立方法、终端设备和芯片系统
WO2023011217A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021051420A1 (zh) 一种dns缓存记录的确定方法及装置
CN108024326B (zh) 一种网络注册方法和终端
CN110913437B (zh) 通信方法和网元
US20240040005A1 (en) Context transfer method and communication apparatus
WO2023185567A1 (zh) 发现应用服务器的方法和装置
WO2022141528A1 (zh) 一种确定mec接入点的方法及装置
CN114071649B (zh) 访问本地网络的方法和装置
CN113473564A (zh) 网络切片切换的方法、建立pdu会话的方法及装置
TWI854211B (zh) 一種用於傳輸上下文的方法和通信裝置
WO2023151491A1 (zh) 请求应用功能的方法、装置和系统
US20140087728A1 (en) Connecting devices to a policy charging rules function device
WO2023185710A1 (zh) 一种应用上下文迁移场景的确定方法及通信装置
US20230254267A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for policy management in media applications using network slicing
WO2023143212A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2024061205A1 (zh) 参数获取方法、装置、第一网络功能及第二网络功能

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23777938

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023777938

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023777938

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240927